737NG-T1 Syllabus CRM Ground Lessons Copyright © 2010 The Boeing Company All Rights Reserved Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG Revision Number: 13 Revision Date: June 6, 2013 Flight Lessons TYPE RATING TRAINING 737-700/800 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Copyright Information Boeing claims copyright in each page of this document only to the extent that the page contains copyrightable subject matter. Boeing also claims copyright in this document as a compilation and/or collective work. The right to reproduce, distribute, display, and make derivative works from this document, or any portion thereof, requires a license from Boeing. For more information, contact The Boeing Company, P. O. Box 3707, Seattle, Washington 98124. Boeing 707, 717, 727, 737, 747, 757, 767, 777, 787, DC-8, DC-9, DC-10, MD-10, MD-11, MD-80, MD-90, BBJ, Boeing Business Jet, the Boeing logo symbol, and the red-white-and-blue Boeing livery are all trademarks owned by The Boeing Company; and no trademark license (either expressed or implied) is granted in connection with this document or otherwise. This document has EAR data with Export Control Classification Numbers (ECCN) of 9E991. Export of this technology is controlled under the United States Export Administration Regulations (EAR) (15 CFR 730-774). An export license may be required before it is used for development, production or use by foreign persons from specific countries. The controller of this data has the individual responsibility to abide by all export laws. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 0-0.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Table of Contents Section 0 737NG-T1........................................................................................0-0.1 1-0 Syllabus ...................................................................................1-0.3 2-0 CRM ..........................................................................................2-0.3 3-0 Introduction .............................................................................3-0.3 3-1 FPT Lesson 1...........................................................................3-1.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................3-1.3 Profile ........................................................................................3-1.5 Track .........................................................................................3-1.6 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................3-1.11 Debrief ......................................................................................3-1.16 3-2 FPT Lesson 2...........................................................................3-2.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................3-2.2 Profile ........................................................................................3-2.4 Track .........................................................................................3-2.5 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................3-2.9 Debrief ......................................................................................3-2.15 3-3 FPT Lesson 3...........................................................................3-3.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................3-3.3 Profile ........................................................................................3-3.5 Track .........................................................................................3-3.6 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................3-3.11 Debrief ......................................................................................3-3.20 3-4 FFS Lesson 4...........................................................................3-4.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................3-4.3 Profile (A) ..................................................................................3-4.5 Profile (B) ..................................................................................3-4.6 Track .........................................................................................3-4.7 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................3-4.14 Debrief ......................................................................................3-4.22 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0-0.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Table of Contents 3-5 FPT Lesson 5 .......................................................................... 3-5.1 Lesson Data (A)........................................................................ 3-5.3 Profile (A).................................................................................. 3-5.5 Track (A)................................................................................... 3-5.6 Lesson Plan (A) ........................................................................ 3-5.11 Lesson Data (B)....................................................................... 3-5.19 Profile (B).................................................................................. 3-5.21 Track (B)................................................................................... 3-5.22 Lesson Plan (B) ........................................................................ 3-5.27 Debrief ...................................................................................... 3-5.34 3-6 FPT Lesson 6 .......................................................................... 3-6.1 Lesson Data ............................................................................. 3-6.2 Profile ....................................................................................... 3-6.4 Track......................................................................................... 3-6.5 Lesson Plan.............................................................................. 3-6.10 Debrief ...................................................................................... 3-6.17 3-7 FFS Lesson 7 .......................................................................... 3-7.1 Lesson Data (A)........................................................................ 3-7.3 Profile (A).................................................................................. 3-7.5 Track (A)................................................................................... 3-7.6 Lesson Plan (A) ........................................................................ 3-7.13 Lesson Data (B)........................................................................ 3-7.22 Profile (B).................................................................................. 3-7.24 Track (B)................................................................................... 3-7.25 Lesson Plan (B) ........................................................................ 3-7.32 Debrief ...................................................................................... 3-7.40 4-1 FFS Lesson 1 .......................................................................... 4-1.1 Lesson Data ............................................................................. 4-1.2 Profile ....................................................................................... 4-1.4 Lesson Plan.............................................................................. 4-1.5 Debrief ...................................................................................... 4-1.12 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 0-0.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Table of Contents Section 0 4-2 FFS Lesson 2...........................................................................4-2.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-2.2 Profile ........................................................................................4-2.4 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-2.5 Debrief ......................................................................................4-2.16 4-3 FFS Lesson 3...........................................................................4-3.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-3.2 Profile (A) .................................................................................4-3.4 Profile (B) ..................................................................................4-3.5 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-3.6 Debrief ......................................................................................4-3.16 4-4 FFS Lesson 4...........................................................................4-4.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-4.2 Profile (A) ..................................................................................4-4.4 Profile (B) ..................................................................................4-4.5 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-4.6 Debrief ......................................................................................4-4.17 4-5 FFS Lesson 5...........................................................................4-5.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-5.2 Profile (A) ..................................................................................4-5.4 Profile (B) ..................................................................................4-5.5 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-5.6 Debrief ......................................................................................4-5.17 4-6 FFS Lesson 6...........................................................................4-6.1 Lesson Data ..............................................................................4-6.2 Profile (A) ..................................................................................4-6.4 Profile (B) ..................................................................................4-6.5 Lesson Plan ..............................................................................4-6.6 Debrief ......................................................................................4-6.18 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0-0.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Table of Contents 4-7 FFS Lesson 7 .......................................................................... 4-7.1 Lesson Data (A)........................................................................ 4-7.2 Profile (A).................................................................................. 4-7.4 Lesson Plan (A) ........................................................................ 4-7.5 Lesson Data (B)........................................................................ 4-7.11 Profile (B).................................................................................. 4-7.13 Lesson Plan (B) ....................................................................... 4-7.14 Debrief ...................................................................................... 4-7.19 4-8 FFS Lesson 8 .......................................................................... 4-8.1 Lesson Data (A)........................................................................ 4-8.2 Profile (A).................................................................................. 4-8.4 Lesson Plan (A) ........................................................................ 4-8.5 Lesson Data (B)........................................................................ 4-8.16 Profile (B).................................................................................. 4-8.18 Lesson Plan (B) ........................................................................ 4-8.19 Debrief ...................................................................................... 4-8.30 4-9 FFS Evaluation........................................................................ 4-9.1 Evaluation Data (non-FAA)....................................................... 4-9.2 Profile (non-FAA)...................................................................... 4-9.4 Evaluation Data (FAA).............................................................. 4-9.5 Maneuvers List (FAA)............................................................... 4-9.7 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 0-0.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 SYLLABUS TYPE RATING TRAINING 737-700/800 Syllabus Copyright © 2010 The Boeing Company All Rights Reserved Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG Revision Number: 13 Revision Date: June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 1-0.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Syllabus Section 0 1-0 Syllabus DAY 1 Classroom Introduction, Greeting, Course Overview Computer Based Training 737 CBT Introduction Airplane Familiarization Common Display System Introduction Electronic Flight Instrument System Navigation Displays Map and Plan Modes Electrical System External Power, Servicing and Ground Handling Auxiliary Power Unit FMC Familiarization FMC Preflight FMC Route Entry FMC LEGS FMC Climb FMC Cruise Automatic Flight Systems Introduction DAY 2 Computer Based Training Autoflight - Pitch Modes Autoflight - Roll Modes Engine Indications Engine Start and Ignition Engine Thrust Reverser System Captain Preflight Procedure Exercises First Officer Preflight Procedure Exercises Classroom Academics Session FMC Training Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 1-0.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Syllabus DAY 3 Computer Based Training Takeoff Basics 1 Takeoff Basics 2 Automatic Flight Systems-Takeoff, Approach & GA Vertical Situation Display (VSD) - (as installed) Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing FPT Ground Lesson 1T DAY 4 Computer Based Training Bleed Air System Air Conditioning System Pressurization System Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing FPT Ground Lesson 2T DAY 5 Computer Based Training Air Data Air Data Inertial Reference System Hydraulic System Landing Gear and Brakes Primary Flight Controls Secondary Flight Controls Fuel System Master Caution and Warning System HUD System Symbology - (as installed) FMC Progress and Position Data FMC Descent FMC Holding Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 1-0.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Syllabus Section 0 DAY 6 Computer Based Training Automatic Flight System Non-Normals Fire Protection System Ice and Rain Protection Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing FPT Ground Lesson 3T DAY 7 Computer Based Training Standby Flight Instruments Communications Lighting and Water Systems Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing FPT Ground Lesson 4T DAY 8 Computer Based Training FMC STARs, Approaches, Diversions FMC Flight Plan Changes FMC Performance FMC Non-Normals Navigation Performance - (as installed) Integrated Approach Navigation (IAN) - (as installed) Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum Airspace Reduced Thrust Takeoff Takeoff Performance Adjustments Enroute Performance Approach and Landing Performance Forward Airstair - (as installed) GLS Approach (GLS) - (as installed) Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 1-0.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Syllabus DAY 9 Computer Based Training Ground Proximity Warning System Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) Predictive Windshear Warning System Weather Radar Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing FPT Ground Lesson 5T DAY 10 Computer Based Training Emergency Equipment Doors, Evacuation, and Ditching Flight Deck Security Door HUD Display Controls (as installed) Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing FPT Ground Lesson 6T DAY 11 Computer Based Training FMC ATC - (as installed) Exterior Inspection Airplane Upset Recovery Videos Windshear Videos Flat Panel Trainer, Briefing, and Debriefing FPT Ground Lesson 7T Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 1-0.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Syllabus Section 0 DAY 12 Written Exam System Review Session (as required) DAY 13 Equipment Oral Examination (as required) DAY 14 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Flight Lesson 1T DAY 15 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Flight Lesson 2T DAY 16 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Flight Lesson 3T DAY 17 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Flight Lesson 4T DAY 18 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Flight Lesson 5T DAY 19 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Flight Lesson 6T Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 1-0.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Syllabus DAY 20 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Flight Lesson 7T - LOFT DAY 21 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Flight Lesson 8T DAY 22 Full Flight Simulator, Briefing and Debriefing FFS Evaluation Flight Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 1-0.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 CRM TYPE RATING TRAINING 737-700/800 CRM Copyright © 2010 The Boeing Company All Rights Reserved Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG Revision Number: 13 Revision Date: June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 2-0.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Crew Resource Management Section 0 2-0 CRM CREW RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Boeing's Crew Resource Management (CRM) training is intended to help you, the student, safely operate modern two crew airplanes. The concepts used in this training are derived from airline industry leaders and the FAA. While Boeing does not presume to tell its customers how to operate its flight deck, we do offer this training based upon studied observation of the industry. We anticipate our students have completed initial CRM training with their company prior to coming to Boeing for airplane training. The following CRM attribute categories were derived from United Airlines C/L/R categories, FAA's AC 120–51 (as amended), Crew Resource Management Training, and our own experience. These categories, their definitions, and associated skills and knowledge will be used by our instructors during your training. We encourage you to familiarize yourself with this information before you begin simulator training. Your instructor will answer any questions you may have dealing with the application of these concepts. CRM ATTRIBUTE CATEGORY DEFINITIONS 1. Demonstrate Captain's Authority Definition: “Captain's authority” is a company — and government — definable set of command duties and responsibilities with the discretionary power to carry them out. NOTE: First Officers are also required to learn the duties and responsibilities of the Captain in the event the Captain becomes incapacitated. Example: The Captain may divert to a new alternate Example: The Captain may refine the fuel load Example: The Captain may deplane a passenger for cause Example: The Captain may declare a judgmental deviation from rules during an emergency An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Demonstrate Captain's Authority” will be able to: Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 2-0.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Crew Resource Management Describe the Captain's duties and responsibilities Describe the boundaries and limits of Captain's authority Describe Captain's emergency authority Describe crew member's responsibilities Describe managerial styles An individual demonstrating Captain's authority may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: Declare and exercise emergency authority Exert managerial control over the crew, cockpit, or situation Direct crew member actions Assign duties and responsibilities 2. Conduct Training and Development of Crew Members Definition: “Training and development of crew members” is the recognition of inadequate performance and the resulting “legitimate critique, explanation, and demonstration” of correct procedure. A crew member conducting training and development of fellow crew members will be observed taking an active and sincere interest in seeing them improve, and will offer them help and encouragement in that improvement. Note that this type of training is not formal “flying lessons.” Training and development of crew members is primarily a Captain's responsibility that comes by virtue of holding a transport pilot license. However, training and development is a mutual responsibility of all crew members due to the varying amounts of experience that exists in the crew force. Example: A senior pilot offers suggestions and encouragement to a less experienced pilot after a not-so-perfect approach, but without degrading or humiliating the individual. Example: A very experienced F/O helps a new-to-type Captain best enter a complicated arrival into the FMC. An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Conduct Training and Development of Crew Members” will be able to: Describe CRM principles Describe the learning process Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 2-0.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Crew Resource Management Section 0 Describe basic instructional techniques Describe counseling methods An individual conducting training and development of crew members may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: Identify and describe improper CRM behavior Counsel crew members Identify and describe improper procedures, operation, and knowledge Demonstrate correct procedures and operations in a learning environment 3. Promote a Positive Interpersonal and Group Climate Definition: “Promote a positive interpersonal and group climate” is a goal which, when properly accomplished, results in a positive group climate, open communications, mutual respect and confidence among crew members, and free and open interchange of ideas without fear of repercussion. Promoting a positive interpersonal and group climate is the responsibility of the Captain. Example: The tone in the cockpit is relaxed and supportive, crew members do not interrupt each other, they exhibit patience, and they answer questions directly. An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Promote a Positive Interpersonal and Group Climate” will be able to: Describe team building concepts and methods Describe physiological factors effecting individual/team performance Describe methods of effective verbal and non-verbal communications Describe barriers to effective communications Describe physiological symptoms effecting groups An individual promoting a positive interpersonal and group climate may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: Demonstrate openness to suggestions and change Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 2-0.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Crew Resource Management Demonstrate respect for and confidence in crew members Actively establish open communications channels Provide and accept feedback Encourage crew members to freely state opinions and participate in discussions 4. Communications Definition: “Communications” is the mechanics, art, and craft of successfully and accurately transmitting and receiving messages. Communications can be verbal (discussion, call outs, radio calls) or non-verbal (gestures, body language, eye contact). CRM communications has four major elements: Inquiry, Advocacy, Conflict Resolution, and Critique. “Inquiry” means soliciting information from a crew member, ATC, company resources, or the flight manual. “Advocacy” means stating a position, sending a message, and making sure the message is received. “Conflict Resolution” means acknowledging and reconciling differences in information or advocated position. For example, the Captain may advocate going left of the weather cell, and the F/O may advocate going right; conflict resolving communication takes place and the crew agrees to go right. Note that “conflict resolution” does not mean there is a personal conflict. “Critique” may be on-going or task-related. On-going critique is the crew's constant review and communication about the flight plan and flight events. For example, a crew is engaging in on-going critique when they note that their fuel burn is off by 6,000 lbs. over a particular checkpoint and then discuss the variation. Task-related critique involves giving and receiving feedback after a task or flight is complete. Task-related critique is often more difficult for crew members, in part because it has the connotation of being “critical of the individual.” Note that this use of the word “critique” is neutral, and it should include important communication about good performance. “Communications” is the most basic CRM element and is critical to safe aircraft operations. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 2-0.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Crew Resource Management Section 0 Example: The crew has entered a holding pattern for ATC delays due to weather at the destination. After inquiring about the duration of the expected delay and alternate weather, the Captain advocates departing for the alternate with 10,000 pounds of fuel on board. The F/O mentions the deteriorating weather at the alternate, the fact many other aircraft have already diverted, and thus further delays at the alternate are expected. The conflict is resolved by the Captain deciding on 11,500 pounds as the fuel to divert. Critique is employed by continually assessing this plan, by updating weather information and ATC traffic levels, and by the Captain's favorable comments on the F/O's remarks about the weather and congestion at the alternate. An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Communications,” will be able to: Describe methods to inquire tactfully Describe responsibility to inquire when in doubt Describe methods to effectively advocate a position Describe methods for resolving conflicts Describe available helpful resources Describe effective critique methods Describe methods to accept feedback and critique Describe methods for self critique? An individual demonstrating effective communications may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: Inquire and solicit information Advocate positions and solicit feedback to confirm that the position was heard Listen actively to conflicting opinions Actively describe and clarify incomplete and/or conflicting information Focus on the problem, not the person Advocate proposed solutions to conflicting information or opinion Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 2-0.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Crew Resource Management Actively and outwardly review plans as they are carried out during the flight Provide critique and feedback upon completion of a task or flight Actively acknowledge feedback on own performance 5. Problem Solving Process Definition: “Problem solving process” is an efficient and logical sequence of crew actions that generate a solution to a problem. The process is as follows: a) The crew recognizes a problem b) The crew gathers information about the problem c) The crew defines the problem based on the gathered information d) The crew formulates solutions to the problem e) The crew applies what appears to be the best solution f) The crew evaluates the result to see if the solution solved the problem g) If the solution fails to solve the problem, the crew reformulates the problem by repeating steps b – f as necessary. Example: While in cruise, the crew experiences multiple yet unrelated non-normal messages. There appears to be a problem, but the conflicting warning signs and unrelated nature of the cautions are confusing. The crew must use the problem solving process to define the problem and formulate a response. An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Problem Solving,” will be able to: Describe the problem solving process Describe information gathering techniques Describe problem solving strategies Describe principles of effective planning Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 2-0.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Crew Resource Management Section 0 An individual demonstrating problem solving may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: States that a problem exists Gathers information about the problem Defines the problem based on the gathered information Formulates solutions to the problem Applies what appears to be the best solution to a problem Evaluates results to see if a solution solved the problem Re-evaluates or reformulates a problem if a solution doesn't work 6. Decision Making Definition: “Decision Making” is a determination to act, or not act, in response to an input or event. Decision making occurs after all relevant information has been solicited and gathered, positions have been stated, and any differences or disagreements resolved. Proper decision making should result in a clear plan of attack and buy-in from all crew members. Decision making is a necessary part of problem solving and includes an important time component; endless looping is not effective, no matter how qualitative the decision. Example: The crew has dispatched with the APU inoperative. Enroute a generator fails. Destination weather is now forecast to be 300 and 1/2 for arrival. A maintenance station and hub along the route of flight is currently 2000 and 3. The crew discusses the situation and makes a decision to land at the maintenance hub. An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Decision Making,” will be able to: Describe decision making principles and techniques Describe proper timing for individual versus crew decisions? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 2-0.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Crew Resource Management An individual demonstrating “decision making” may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: Describes decision making guidelines to other crew members Clarifies incomplete and/or conflicting information Communicates decisions clearly 7. Workload Management Definition: “Workload management” is the ability to effectively prioritize and sequence tasks required for safe flight operations while avoiding work overload. An individual practicing workload management clearly assigns duties and responsibilities to crew members, anticipates problems, and plans for them so the crew does not become task saturated at critical times. While managing the workload is an ongoing task, it is most important in high workload and/or time-compressed situations. Example: You are beginning an NDB approach to minimums in a nonradar environment when a fire breaks out in the cabin. The flight attendants are having trouble containing it. You must manage the workload to get the airplane safely and quickly on the ground while coordinating emergency assistance. An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Workload Management,” will be able to: Describe crew responsibilities and duties Describe methods for prioritizing and assigning workload Describe symptoms of work overload An individual demonstrating workload management may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: Communicate plans or guidelines for crew actions Prioritize and sequence crew work load Clearly assign tasks and actively confirm individual understanding of them Describe potential problems/conflict and describe a plan to handle them Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 2-0.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Crew Resource Management Section 0 8. Situational Awareness Definition: “Situational awareness” refers to the crew's consciousness of airplane status in relation to operational and environmental conditions. Situationally aware crews know where the airplane is and where it will be (thinking ahead of the airplane). They are alert to factors currently effecting the flight and to factors that might have an effect later. They are fully informed of all available cockpit resources and are alert to the information provided by flight displays, navigational aids, the FMC, and other crew members. Example: The airplane is in cruise over the mountains fighting a strong headwind when one of the engines seizes. The crew is situationally aware of an area of extensive low clouds and icing below, the airplane's present position, and the airplane's driftdown characteristics. They consider these factors as they plan a selection of an emergency airfield. An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Situational Awareness,” will be able to: Describe sources of information in the cockpit Describe effects of environmental conditions on airplanes and flight operations Describe effects of operational conditions on airplane and flight operations Describe distractions and preoccupations detrimental to situational awareness An individual demonstrating situational awareness may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: Alert other crew members to operational and environmental conditions Maintain focus on central problems despite distractions Alert other crew members to conditions ahead of the aircraft Select instrument displays for information relevant to the phase of flight Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 2-0.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Crew Resource Management NOTE: Loss of Situational Awareness is often the result of the improper application of CRM principles. If the lack of Situational Awareness is noticed, it is important to determine the root cause of the problem. 9. Resource Management Definition: “Resource management” is the flight crew's use of resources available outside of the cockpit. Effective resource management requires that crew members know the available sources of information and assistance and how to use them. Example: During cruise, the head flight attendant informs the flight deck crew that a passenger claims to have brought a bomb on board. The crew calls on company resources to help handle the situation. Example: An equipment failure demands a high work load level in the flight deck. The captain calls on a deadheading crew member to help call maintenance radio, ATC, and dispatch. An individual who has learned the CRM attribute, “Resource Management,” will be able to: Describe external sources of assistance Describe company sources of assistance Describe when and how to use assistance An individual demonstrating resource management may exhibit any of the following observable behaviors: Call external resources for information or assistance Call company resources for information or assistance Direct other crew members to use external resources Counsel other crew members on the appropriate time to seek assistance Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 2-0.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 GROUND LESSONS TYPE RATING TRAINING 737-700/800 Ground Lessons Copyright © 2010 The Boeing Company All Rights Reserved Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG Revision Number: 13 Revision Date: June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-0.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Introduction Section 0 3-0 Introduction INTRODUCTION The Flight Training Device lessons are a significant part of the training program and are conducted concurrently with Computer Based Training. The lessons are developed from specific objectives to progressively train automatic, normal and non-normal flight operations. Each lesson is a flight scenario designed to integrate weather, operating environment, communications, thrust management, automated airplane maneuvering, and procedures. Operating philosophy and Crew Resource Management (CRM) are an integral part of each lesson. The Flight Training Device (FTD) lessons can be conducted using the following three training devices: Flat Panel Trainer (FPT), Fixed Base Simulator (FBS), or Full Flight Simulator (FFS) utilized as an FBS (with visual and motion OFF). NOTE: If Lessons 1T through 9T are conducted in a Flat Panel Trainer, then Lesson 10T will be conducted in a Full Flight Simulator utilized as a Fixed Base Simulator with visual and motion OFF. The lesson will be conducted twice in a 4-hour block time with the trainees switching responsibilities (PF, PM duties) after the first 2-hour block and repeating the lesson in the second 2-hour block. Each trainee will receive 2 hours as Pilot Flying (PF) and 2 hours as Pilot Monitoring (PM) to assure adequate flight deck familiarization before continuing on to Full Flight Simulator training. Your goal is to attain proficiency in Normal Procedures using the flight management system (FMS) and autoflight system. Proficiency is defined as “the ability to perform tasks in real time without assistance”. Proficiency objectives are identified in each lesson with asterisks (*). You must attain proficiency in all identified objectives prior to progressing to FFS training. You must also develop familiarity in Non-Normal Procedures. Familiarity is defined as “understanding the process used to perform a task”. Familiarity objectives are identified in each lesson with asterisks (*). Evaluation of your performance will be on a continuous basis (progressive evaluation). Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-0.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Introduction Each lesson has 3 parts: the briefing, FTD period, and debriefing. • The briefing includes a discussion of the proficiency objectives, flight plan and significant events, and required level of performance. Briefing items are referenced to the appropriate sections of the Flight Crew Operations Manual (OM) or the Flight Crew Training Manual (FCTM). NOTE: Briefing items associated with the Normal Procedures sections NP.11 and NP.21 of the Flight Crew Operations Manual are not referenced separately. NOTE: References for EFIS/MAP equipped airplanes are EVEN numbers (ex. OM 10.10, 10.20). References for PFD/ND equipped airplanes are ODD numbers (ex. OM 10.11, 10.21). • The FTD period affords the crew the opportunity to gain system and procedural experience in the airplane environment. • During the debriefing, a critique will be conducted consisting of a review of the lesson and the performance level achieved. The lessons progress from simple to complex. The earlier lessons stress Normal Procedures and the introduction of selected Non-Normal Procedures. The lessons progress to include flights that reinforce Normal Procedures, while integrating more complex clearances, flight plan changes, and Non-Normal Procedures. All flights use the FMS and autoflight system to control the airplane. Related route, weather, and performance data is specified in each lesson. Airport information is obtained from the Approach charts provided in the training package. Crews are expected to become familiar with the flight scenario prior to each lesson. The following pages provide planning data and specific procedures for each lesson. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-0.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Introduction Section 0 FTD PROGRAM OBJECTIVES Train to proficiency in performing airplane normal procedures during all phases of flight. Train to proficiency in maintaining automatic airplane control and navigation using the autoflight system and Flight Management System. Introduce selected Non-Normal Procedures. ACADEMICS SESSION The two-hour Academics Session is an instructor-led class that covers normal preflight procedures prior to your first FTD event. During the session, videos are used to demonstrate the correct performance of those procedures, and provide an opportunity for discussion with the instructor. FMC TRAINING SESSION The FMC Training Session is designed to familiarize the crew with the various CDU menus and to practice multiple CDU entries. During this 90-minute period, the instructor will provide a device orientation and facilitate the Preliminary Preflight Procedure through the Engine Start Procedure. Time permitting, the instructor may continue through the Before Takeoff Procedure. This event is intended to prepare you for your first FTD session SYSTEM REVIEW SESSION The System Review Session is an instructor-led class that reviews 737NG systems knowledge prior to your Exam. This session is designed to review your systems knowledge and identify any areas requiring additional study. This four-hour session allows significant time for questions and answers Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-0.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Section 0 Introduction TRAINING MATERIALS Training Manual Flight Crew Operations Manual Flight Crew Training Manual Navigation plates (Boeing, Jeppesen) Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-0.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 1 3-1 FPT Lesson 1 PREREQUISITE • • • • Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons View the assigned procedural videos Complete the Preflight Procedure Exercises Memorize normal procedures DURATION: • Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours • Time for each profile = 1:40 hours • Break = 0:10 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has one flight profile, which begins and ends at SeattleTacoma International Airport (KSEA). The crew must have memorized the Normal Procedures before starting this lesson. The crew becomes familiar with the flight deck and performs Normal Procedures for a complete flight as described in the Flight Crew Operations Manual (FCOM). Emphases are on programming the FMC, learning scan flow patterns, and crew areas of responsibility. Introductory Topics: • Flat Panel Trainer (FPT) capabilities and limitations • Areas of responsibility • CRM Attributes • Displays and annunciations • Autoflight System LESSON OBJECTIVES • Perform Normal Procedures and checklists using effective communication and workload management techniques • Interpret displays and annunciations • Program the FMC through the CDU Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-1.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Flat Panel Trainer ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY • Accomplish all flows, procedures and checklists in the time allotted, with instructor assistance • If minimum proficiency is not demonstrated, students must be assigned remedial work and/or repeat this lesson before proceeding to FPT Lesson 2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 1 Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSEA) ORIGIN: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 16L ROUTE: ARPEE, V287 PAE DEPARTURE: HAROB__.HAROB CRZ ALT.: 10,000 ft ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 130,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +1 ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) TEMP TOC: -2C RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB CRZ ALT: 10,000 ft FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 250/35 CG: 24.4% COST INDEX: 20 737-800 GW: 155,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry +1 FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) TEMP TOC: -2C RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB CRZ ALT: 10,000 ft FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 250/35 CG: 24.4% COST INDEX: 20 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-1.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Flat Panel Trainer WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 130/07 TEMPERATURE: 16C VISIBILITY: 7 DEWPOINT: 13C ALTIMETER: 29.89 SKY COND: 1400 OVC ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use Landing RWY 16L and 16R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport via the HAROB ____ Departure, direct ARPEE as filed. Maintain 10,000. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1146. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KSEA 0 10 20 ENGINE START PREFLIGHT ELECTRICAL POWER UP TAXI 30 T/O RWY 16L ALTITUDE CONTROL MODES 40 HEADING CONTROL MODES 50 TIME 1:00 10,000' 10 LEVELS OF AUTOMATION AUTOLAND 20 30 KSEA 1:40 SHUT DOWN SECURE AFTER LANDING ILS RWY 16R (DUAL CHANNEL AP W/ FD) Flat Panel Trainer 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile Lesson 1 PROFILE Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Flat Panel Trainer Track TRACK PLAN PAE ARPEE 18 - 22 23 - 27 A KSEA 16L KBFI KRNT A 1 - 12 SEA 13 CAVOB EMRLD 14 RENBE 17 0 J7 16 15 RICHR HAROB Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 1 TRACK DATA Preflight 1 Electrical Power Up Supplementary Procedure 2 Preliminary Preflight Procedure 3 CDU Preflight Procedure 4 Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes) 5 Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes) 6 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start 7 Before Start Procedure Engine Start 8 Engine Start Procedure 9 Before Taxi Procedure 10 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. 11 Before Takeoff Procedure 12 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Flight freeze and point out FMAs throughout the flight, as needed. Takeoff Note: Prior to takeoff, give the following clearance: “Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, wind 130 at 7, cleared for takeoff.” 13 Takeoff Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-1.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Flat Panel Trainer Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” Climb 14 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist 15 Introduce altitude control modes 16 Introduce heading control modes Cruise 17 Introduce levels of automation Descent Note: Remind crew that when ATC says “expect ______ Approach…,” it can be considered a cue to begin the Descent Procedure. 18 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 19 Prepare for approach into KSEA 20 Descent Procedure Approach and Landing 21 Approach Procedure 22 ILS RWY 16R Approach 23 Landing Procedure After Landing 24 Landing Roll Procedure 25 After Landing Procedure Shutdown / Secure 26 Shutdown Procedure and Checklist 27 Secure Procedure and Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 1 DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION Flat Panel Trainer (FPT) • No controls are available on the FPT; therefore, – Autopilot use is mandatory – The FPT cannot be taxied • The overhead panel and aisle stand are virtual • Flat-panel control interactions: – Adjust/change panel controls using “hot spots” – Arrows simulate the rotation of controls Note: Focus on standard, normal procedures, areas of responsibility, and Normal Checklist philosophy. Provide coaching, where needed. Note: Remind the crew that they should have the Normal procedures generally memorized. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-1.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN PREFLIGHT 1. Electrical Power Up Supplementary Procedure • Ground Power or APU available for AC power OM SP.6 2. Preliminary Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 Note: Because FPT does not have emergency equipment, crew must verbally call out equipment during procedure. 3. CDU Preflight Procedure • Enter initial data and navigation data from flight plan • Use ROUTE page or LEGS page (PLAN mode) to verify the route 4. Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes) 5. Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes) • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM 11.40, NP.21 OM NP.21 OM NP.21 6. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START Note: Crew should start the Before Start Procedure after being told the papers are on board and the flight deck door is closed and locked. Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start engines as part of the BEFORE START Procedure. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 1 REFERENCE Note: Remind crew that CDU entries made by one pilot must be verified by the other pilot. 7. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 ENGINE START 8. Engine Start Procedure OM NP.21 9. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist • Area of responsibility is now Pilot Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM) OM NP.21 10. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. 11. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays management – Set ND Range so that first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 12. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Flight freeze and point out FMAs throughout the flight, as needed. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-1.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE TAKEOFF Note: Prior to takeoff, give the following clearance: “Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, wind 130 at 7, cleared for takeoff.” 13. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2, OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use and verify HDG SEL as the chosen roll mode • Retract flaps per schedule FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21 • Autopilot engagement Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” CLIMB 14. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist 15. Introduce altitude control modes • ALT HOLD • LVL CHG • V/S OM 4.10, 4.20 16. Introduce heading control modes • HDG SEL • Bank Angle Selector OM 4.10, 4.20 CRUISE 17. Introduce levels of automation • Maneuver using various modes with the autopilot engaged – Heading control – Altitude control – Autothrottle / Autopilot engage / disengage methods Note: If time allows, discuss EFIS Control Panel function switches Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 1 REFERENCE DESCENT Note: Remind crew that when ATC says “expect ______ Approach…,” it can be considered a cue to begin the Descent Procedure. 18. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 19. Prepare for approach into KSEA • ILS runway 16R • FMC entries 20. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the Approach Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 APPROACH and LANDING 21. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2, OM 11.43, NP.21 • Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed changes) – INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer course) • APPROACH Checklist Note: Guide crew through slowdown to flaps 5 before intercepting the localizer. 22. ILS RWY 16R Approach • Dual-channel Approach • Emphasis on flap extension/maneuver speeds QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20 FCTM Ch 1; OM NP.21 • Practice standard callouts 23. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Autoland OM NP.21 OM 4.20 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-1.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE AFTER LANDING 24. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 25. After Landing Procedure • The PM’s scan flow follows a logical top-tobottom sequence • No associated Checklist Note: Discuss areas of responsibility. SHUTDOWN / SECURE 26. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 27. Secure Procedure and Checklist BREAK: 10 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 1 Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew, which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes, while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce the idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-1.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Flat Panel Trainer Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (For example, Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-1.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 2 3-2 FPT Lesson 2 PREREQUISITE • Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons DURATION • Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours • Time for each profile = 1:40 hours • Break = 0:10 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson repeats the profile from lesson 1, starting and ending at Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA). The crew performs Normal Procedures, including multiple takeoffs. Emphases are on FMC entries, levels of automation, and flight instrument interpretation with CRM integrated throughout. Introductory Topics: • Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) operations (if chosen customer option) • LNAV/VNAV LESSON OBJECTIVES • Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists while promoting a positive group climate • Interpret flight instruments and navigation displays • Program the FMC through the CDU • Choose and recognize levels of automation based on workload management priorities • Perform takeoffs ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY • Perform Normal Procedures in the time allotted, with instructor assistance Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-2.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Flat Panel Trainer Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSEA) ORIGIN: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 16L ROUTE: ARPEE, V287 PAE DEPARTURE: HAROB__.HAROB CRZ ALT.: 10,000 ft ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 130,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry +1 FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) TEMP TOC: -2C RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB CRZ ALT: 10,000 ft FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 250/35 CG: 24.4% COST INDEX: 35 737-800 GW: 155,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry +1 FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) TEMP TOC: -2C RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB CRZ ALT: 10,000 ft FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 250/35 CG: 24.4% COST INDEX: 35 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-2.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 2 WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 130/07 TEMPERATURE: 16C VISIBILITY: 7 DEWPOINT: 13C ALTIMETER: 29.89 SKY COND: 1,400 OVC ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use Landing RWY 16L and 16R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport via the HAROB ____ Departure, direct ARPEE as filed. Maintain 10,000. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1146. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-2.3 3-2.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KSEA 0 10 PREFLIGHT ENGINE START 20 30 TAKEOFF PRACTICE T/O RWY 16L ALTITUDE CONTROL MODES 40 HEADING CONTROL MODES 50 TIME 1:00 10 20 30 1:40 KSEA SHUT DOWN SECURE AFTER LANDING AUTOLAND 6,000' ILS RWY 16R (DUAL CHANNEL AP W/ FD) ILS RWY 16R NAV DISPLAYS, VOR, FMC OPS 10,000' LEVELS OF AUTOMATION Lesson 2 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile Flat Panel Trainer PROFILE Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 2 Track TRACK PLAN PAE ARPEE 21 - 26 18 - 20 27 - 31 A KSEA 16L KBFI KRNT A 1 - 12 SEA 13 CAVOB EMRLD 14 RENBE 17 0 J7 16 15 RICHR HAROB Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-2.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Flat Panel Trainer TRACK DATA Preflight 1 Preliminary Preflight Procedure 2 CDU Preflight Procedure 3 Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes) 4 Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes) 5 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start 6 Before Start Procedure Engine Start 7 Engine Start Procedure 8 Before Taxi Procedure 9 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. 10 Before Takeoff Procedure 11 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Flight freeze and point out FMAs throughout the flight, as needed. Takeoff Note: “Boeing 33, wind 130 at 7. Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.” 12 Takeoff Procedure: First Takeoff Note: Flight freeze the simulation as needed, and reposition when AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist is complete. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-2.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer 13 Lesson 2 Takeoff Procedure: Second Takeoff Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” Climb 14 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist 15 Altitude control modes 16 Heading control modes Cruise 17 Levels of automation 18 Interpret Navigation displays 19 VOR navigation 20 FMC Operations Descent Note: Remind crew that when ATC says “expect ______ Approach…,” it can be considered a cue to begin the Descent Procedure. Note: “Boeing 33, expect the ILS RWY 16R Approach. Descend and maintain 6,000.” 21 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 22 Prepare for approach into KSEA 23 Descent Procedure 24 Review pitch modes during descent Approach and Landing 25 Approach Procedure 26 ILS RWY 16R Approach Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-2.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 27 Flat Panel Trainer Landing Procedure After Landing 28 Landing Roll Procedure 29 After Landing Procedure Shutdown / Secure 30 Shutdown Procedure and Checklist 31 Secure Procedure and Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-2.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 2 REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN PREFLIGHT 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 Note: Because FPT does not have emergency equipment, crew must verbally call out equipment during procedure. Note: Emphasize familiarity with displays. Note: Remind crew that CDU entries made by one pilot must be verified by the other pilot. 2. CDU Preflight Procedure • Enter initial data and navigation data from flight plan • Use ROUTE page LEGS page (PLAN mode) to verify the route OM 11.40, NP.21 3. Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes) • Include EFB, if a chosen customer option OM NP.21 4. Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes) • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 5. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START Note: Crew should start the Before Start Procedure after being told the papers are on board and the flight deck door is closed and locked. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-2.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start engines as part of the BEFORE START Procedure. 6. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 ENGINE START 7. Engine Start Procedure OM NP.21 8. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist • Area of responsibility now refers to Pilot Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM) 9. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. 10. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays management – Set ND Range so that first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 11. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Flight freeze and point out FMAs throughout the flight, as needed. Note: Use the SNAP SHOT function on the AeroSim FPT prior to takeoff so as not to lose the programmed FMC data. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-2.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 2 REFERENCE TAKEOFF Note: “Boeing 33, wind 130 at 7. Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.” 12. Takeoff Procedure: First Takeoff QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use HDG SEL as the chosen roll mode Note: Flight freeze the simulation as needed, and reposition when AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist is complete. 13. Takeoff Procedure: Second Takeoff • Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and pitch modes • Retract flaps per schedule FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21 • Autopilot engagement Note: As time permits, repeat additional takeoffs for proficiency, then do the takeoff without flight freezes and continue the flight. Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” CLIMB 14. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist 15. Altitude control modes • VNAV • Review LVL CHG, ALT HOLD, and V/S, as needed OM 4.10, 4.20 16. Heading control modes • HDG SEL • Bank Angle Selector OM 4.10, 4.20 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-2.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE CRUISE 17. Levels of automation • Maneuver using various modes with the autopilot engaged – Heading control – Altitude control – Autothrottle and Autopilot engage / disengage methods 18. Interpret Navigation displays • EFIS control panel operations OM 4.10, 4.20, CRM 6.1 OM 10.10/11, 10.20/21 Note: Clear crew to intercept a radial outbound from SEA VOR. “Boeing 33, fly heading XXX, intercept the XXX radial outbound from the SEA VOR. Expect direct PAE in one zero miles.” 19. VOR navigation • Intercept a radial to a VOR • Demonstration of LNAV engagement criteria Note: “Boeing 33, cleared present position direct PAE. Report XX miles prior to PAE.” 20. FMC Operations • Entering/adding Waypoints DESCENT Note: Remind crew that when ATC says “expect ______ Approach…,” it can be considered a cue to begin the Descent Procedure. Note: “Boeing 33, expect the ILS RWY 16R Approach. Descend and maintain 6,000.” 21. Descent Clearance provided by ATC Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-2.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 2 22. Prepare for approach into KSEA • ILS runways 16L and 16R in use • FMC Entries 23. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the Approach Briefing • DESCENT Checklist REFERENCE OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 24. Review pitch modes during descent • LVL CHG vs. V/S Note: Discuss range arc. APPROACH and LANDING 25. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed changes) – INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer course) • APPROACH Checklist Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 16R Approach, as required. Note: Guide crew through slowdown to flaps 5 before intercepting the localizer. 26. ILS RWY 16R Approach QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD 27. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Autoland OM NP.21 OM 4.20 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-2.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE AFTER LANDING 28. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 29. After Landing Procedure • The PM’s scan flow follows a logical top-tobottom sequence • No associated checklist Note: Discuss areas of responsibility. SHUTDOWN / SECURE 30. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 31. Secure Procedure and Checklist BREAK: 10 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-2.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 2 Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-2.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Flat Panel Trainer Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-2.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 3-3 FPT Lesson 3 PREREQUISITE • Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons DURATION • Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours • Time for each profile = 1:40 hours • Break = 0:10 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has one flight, repeated profile, which begins at SeattleTacoma International Airport (KSEA) in very cold weather, with Portland International Airport (KPDX) as the destination. The crew performs Normal Procedures. LNAV/VNAV is used as the primary roll and pitch modes. Emphases are on the autoflight system and FMC programming. Introductory Topics: • Non-Normal Checklist philosophy • MAP interpretation and route changes • Cold Weather Operations • Cruise Climb LESSON OBJECTIVES • Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective verbal and non-verbal communications • Perform EFB operations (if customer option) • Integrate systems management and information • Program active routes and updating clearances • Choose and recognize levels of automation based on workload management priorities • Use LNAV/VNAV Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY • Perform CDU Preflight programming, unaided • Elapsed time from entering the FPT to completion of the BEFORE TAXI Checklist must be less than 35 min • Recognize and interpret autoflight status during Normal operations, unaided • Recognize and interpret displays annunciations during Normal operations • If minimum proficiency is not demonstrated, the crew should be assigned remedial work and/or repeat this lesson before proceeding to FPT Lesson 4 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KPDX) ORIGIN: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 34R ROUTE: SEA J20 YKM J136 BTG DEPARTURE: MOUNTAIN____ CRZ ALT.: FL190 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Portland International Airport (KPDX) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 126,000 lbs (57,273 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: -13 ZFW: 106,000 lbs (48,182 kgs) TEMP TOC: -39C 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL190 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 240/55 CG: 19.2% COST INDEX: 40 737-800 GW: 142,500 lbs (64,773 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: -13 ZFW: 122,500 lbs (55,682 kgs) TEMP TOC: -39C 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL190 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 240/55 CG: 19.2% COST INDEX: 40 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: Calm TEMPERATURE: 1C VISIBILITY: 3 FOG DEWPOINT: -2C ALTIMETER: 29.79 SKY COND: OVC006 ILS RWY 34R in use Landing and Departing RWY 34L and 34R WEATHER (KPDX) WIND: Calm TEMPERATURE: 6C VISIBILITY: 3 LT RAIN/FOG DEWPOINT: 4C ALTIMETER: 29.83 SKY COND: OVC008 ILS RWY 28L in use Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Portland International Airport via the MOUNTAIN ____ Departure, RADDY, then as filed. Climb and maintain 9,000. Expect FL190, one-zero minutes after departure. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KSEA 0 10 20 HUNG START TAXI 30 TAKEOFF PRACTICE 40 INTERM LVL-OFF ENG/WING ANTI-ICE OPS ON GND CDS FAULT ENGINE START PREFLIGHT (COLD WX OPS) LVLS OF AUTOMATION 50 TIME FL130 1:00 FL210 10 FL190 AUTOLAND 20 30 KPDX 1:40 SHUT DOWN SECURE AFTER LANDING ILS RWY 28R (DUAL CHANNEL) (COLD WX OPS) WINDOW OVERHEAT LEVELS OF AUTOMATION FMC OPS (CRUISE DESCENT) - LVLS OF AUTOMATION EFIS INTERPRETATION EFIS CTRL PANEL OPS CHANGE CRUISE SPD - LVLS OF AUTOMATION FMC OPS (CRUISE CLIMB) FMC OPS - LVLS OF AUTOMATION - HOLDS/WAYPOINT ENG COWL VALVE OPEN FORECAST Flat Panel Trainer 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile Lesson 3 PROFILE Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer Track TRACK PLAN KBFI A 1 - 17 KSEA SEA 34R A KRNT 18 19 RADDY J2 0 20 21 - 24 25 J1 36 YKM 26 27 BTG 28 - 29 34 - 37 PDX 30 31 - 33 NACIY Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 TRACK DATA Preflight 1 Preliminary Preflight Procedure 2 CDU Preflight Procedure 3 Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes) 4 Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes) 5 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start Before Start Procedure 6 Engine Start CDS FAULT 7 8 Engine Start Procedure • HUNG START 9 Engine Anti-Ice Ops – on the ground 10 Wing Anti-Ice Ops – on the ground 11 Before Taxi Procedure 12 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. 13 Before Takeoff Procedure 14 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Takeoff Note: “Boeing 33, wind 130 at 7, runway 34 Right, cleared for takeoff.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer Takeoff Procedure: First Takeoff 15 Note: Flight freeze the simulation as needed. Reposition when AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist complete. Takeoff Procedure: Second Takeoff 16 Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, Contact Departure.” Climb AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist 17 Note: During climb, “Boeing 33, cleared direct RADDY. Climb and maintain FL190.” Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 120.3.” Use VNAV to climb 18 Note: Passing 11,000 feet, give the following clearance. “Boeing 33, maintain 13,000 for traffic. Expect higher altitude in one-zero miles.” Intermediate Level-Off 19 Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL190.” 20 Resume VNAV climb 21 ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN 22 Displays Management and EFIS control panel Cruise 23 Cruise Climb (FL210) 24 Cruise Descent (FL190) Note: “Boeing 33, maintain FL190. Report 20 miles west of YAKIMA (YKM).” 25 FMC Operations • Construct an Along-Track waypoint 20 miles north of YKM Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 Note: “Boeing 33, hold present position for traffic. Hold on course of your present position, left turns, 2 minute legs. Maintain FL190. Expect further clearance at XXXX.” • PPOS Hold • Modify Hold • Determine ETA and fuel remaining for KPDX 26 WINDOW OVERHEAT Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct Battleground (BTG). Maintain FL190. Expect the ILS RWY 28R Approach at Portland via the Battleground transition.” Note: “Boeing 33, numerous pilot reports of moderate icing, surface to one five thousand.” 27 Select the FORECAST page, enter TAI ON/OFF, and observe the top of descent change. Descent Note: Approximately 20 miles prior to the top of decent, “Boeing 33, descend at pilot’s discretion to cross Battleground at or above one-zero thousand. Descend and maintain five thousand.” 28 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 29 Prepare for approach into KPDX 30 Descent Procedure • Cold Weather Operations considerations Approach and Landing 31 Approach Procedure 32 ILS RWY 28R Approach 33 Landing Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer After Landing 34 Landing Roll Procedure 35 After Landing Procedure Shutdown / Secure 36 Shutdown Procedure and Checklist 37 Secure Procedure and Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN PREFLIGHT 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 Note: Because FPT does not have emergency equipment, crew must verbally call out equipment during procedure. 2. CDU Preflight Procedure • Enter initial data and navigation data from flight plan OM 11.40, NP.21 Note: Discuss Cold Weather Operations differences and applicable Supplementary Procedures; i.e., Engine Anti-ice, Wing Anti-Ice, Flaps 40, then UP, taxiing on contaminated taxiways, etc. 3. Preflight Procedure – First Officer (Captain observes) OM NP.21 4. Preflight Procedure – Captain (First Officer observes) • PREFLIGHT Checklist 5. Obtain ATC Clearance Note: Remind the crew to begin the Before Start Procedure after the final load/dispatch information papers are on board and the flight deck door has been closed and locked. BEFORE START Note: Crew should start the Before Start Procedure after being told the papers are on board and the flight deck door is closed and locked. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start engines as part of the BEFORE START Procedure. 6. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 Note: Activate CDU FAULT malfunction. Clear malfunction after checklist is complete. ENGINE START 7. CDS FAULT • CDS FAULT Checklist QRH NNC.10 Note: Clear malfunction after checklist is complete. Note: Activate a HUNG START on engine number 1. Clear malfunction after checklist is complete. 8. Engine Start Procedure • HUNG START – ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist - Malfunction will be cleared upon checklist completion • Normal Engine Start Procedure OM NP.21 QRH NNC.7 9. Engine Anti-Ice Ops – on the ground Note: Encourage crew communications to accomplish supplementary procedures. 10. Wing Anti-Ice Ops – on the ground Note: The time from entering the simulator to completion of the BEFORE TAXI Checklist should be no longer than 35 min., or remedial FPT training is needed. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 11. Before Taxi Procedure • Cold Weather Taxi Operations • BEFORE TAXI Checklist • Area of responsibility now refers to Pilot Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM) REFERENCE OM NP.21 12. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Note: Emphasize Cold Weather Operations differences and applicable Supplementary Procedures; i.e., taxiing on contaminated taxiways; run-up to at least 70% N1 for 30 seconds every 30 minutes or less, or for approximately one second every 10 minutes or less, depending on conditions; etc. TAXI Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. 13. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays management – Set ND Range so that first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 14. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Remind crew that in flight, CDU entries are typically accomplished by the PM and verified by the PF. Note: Use the SNAP SHOT function on the AeroSim FPT prior to takeoff so as not to lose the programmed FMC data. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE TAKEOFF Note: “Boeing 33, wind 130 at 7, runway 34 Right, cleared for takeoff.” 15. Takeoff Procedure: First Takeoff QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use HDG SEL as the chosen roll mode Note: Flight freeze the simulation as needed. Reposition when AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist complete. 16. Takeoff Procedure: Second Takeoff • Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and pitch modes • Retract flaps per schedule FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21 • Autopilot engagement Note: As time permits, repeat additional takeoffs for proficiency, then accomplish the takeoff without flight freezes and continue the flight. Note: After takeoff, “Boeing 33, Contact Departure.” CLIMB 17. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: During climb, “Boeing 33, cleared direct RADDY. Climb and maintain FL190.” Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 120.3.” 18. Use VNAV to climb Note: Passing 11,000 feet, give the following clearance. “Boeing 33, maintain 13,000 for traffic. Expect higher altitude in one-zero miles.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 19. Intermediate Level-Off • Remain in VNAV • FMA recognition and identification REFERENCE OM 4.10, 4.20 Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL190.” 20. Resume VNAV climb • Demonstration of altitude intervention, if installed • Use of FMC CRZ page • FMA recognition and identification Note: Activate ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN Non-Normal when anti-ice is turned OFF. 21. ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN • ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN OR TAI INDICATION Checklist QRH NNC.3 Note: Discuss valve stuck open versus valve stuck closed; i.e., avoid icing conditions, limit N1 if temperature above 10, etc. Note: Clear ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN malfunction after discussing of Non-Normal and CRM issues. 22. Displays Management and EFIS control panel • Instructor-led demonstration with both pilots participating • Review of EFIS control panel switches and resulting NAV display indications • Automatic switching of failed displays Note: Discuss possible workload management issues with failed displays. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE CRUISE 23. Cruise Climb (FL210) • Change cruise altitude after level-off – Levels of automation – FMC use and entries OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.42 Note: Have crew use CRZ page to initiate a CRZ CLB and, if installed, use ALT INTV to initiate a CRZ CLB. 24. Cruise Descent (FL190) • Change cruise altitude after level-off – Levels of automation – FMC use and entries OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.42 Note: Have crew use CRZ page to initiate a CRZ DESCENT. Note: “Boeing 33, maintain FL190. Report 20 miles west of YAKIMA (YKM).” 25. FMC Operations • Construct an Along-Track waypoint 20 miles west of YKM • Change Cruise Speed – Levels of automation OM 11.42 Note: Have crew use SPD INTVN, if installed, or CRZ page to change cruise speed. Note: “Boeing 33, hold present position for traffic. Hold on course of your present position, left turns, 2 minute legs. Maintain FL190. Expect further clearance at XXXX.” • PPOS Hold • Modify Hold – Look at defaults: right turns, 1 ½ minute legs – Modify defaults to left turns and 2 minute legs Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 REFERENCE • Determine ETA and fuel remaining for KPDX – Progress Page – How long can we hold? • Exit Hold Note: Activate a WINDOW OVERHEAT malfunction. Note: When crew member turns WINDOW HEAT switch OFF, per checklist, clear malfunction. 26. WINDOW OVERHEAT • WINDOW OVERHEAT Checklist QRH 3 Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct Battleground (BTG). Maintain FL190. Expect the ILS RWY 28R Approach at Portland via the Battleground transition.” Note: “Boeing 33, numerous pilot reports of moderate icing, surface to one five thousand.” 27. Select the FORECAST page, enter TAI ON/ OFF, and observe the top of descent change. DESCENT Note: Approximately 20 miles prior to the top of decent, “Boeing 33, descend at pilot’s discretion to cross Battleground at or above one-zero thousand. Descend and maintain five thousand.” 28. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 29. Prepare for approach into KPDX • ILS runway 28R • FMC Entries 30. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Cold Weather Operations considerations OM 11.43 OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing. • DESCENT Checklist REFERENCE FCTM Ch 5 Note: Have crew descend in VNAV PATH and discuss range arc. Note: After BTG, “Boeing 33, _____ miles northwest of NACIY. Cross NACIY at or above 3,700. Cleared ILS RWY 28R Approach.” APPROACH and LANDING 31. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed changes) – INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer course) • APPROACH Checklist Note: Have crew descend in VNAV until glideslope intercept. Note: Guide crew to configure to flaps 5 prior to NACIY for the procedure hold. 32. ILS RWY 28R Approach • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20 33. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Autoland OM NP.21 OM 4.20 AFTER LANDING 34. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 35. After Landing Procedure • The PM’s scan flow follows a logical top-tobottom sequence • No associated Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 REFERENCE Note: Remind crew not to retract flaps less than 15 until the flap areas have been checked to be free of contaminants after prolonged operation in icing conditions with flaps extended, or when an accumulation of airframe ice is observed, or when taxiway or runway is contaminated with ice, snow, slush, or standing water. Note: Discuss areas of responsibility. SHUTDOWN / SECURE 36. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 Note: Have crew set horizontal stabilizer trim to 4 units to prevent melting snow and ice from running into balance bay areas. 37. Secure Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 BREAK: 10 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.19 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.20 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 3 Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-3.21 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Flat Panel Trainer Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-3.22 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 3-4 FFS Lesson 4 PREREQUISITE • Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Time for each profile = 1:45 to 1:50 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson is completed in the Full-Flight Simulator with motion off. The lesson has one, repeated flight profile from Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS) to San Francisco International Airport (KSFO). The crew navigates using the FMC and autoflight system while maintaining continuous airplane control. Emphases are on navigation, systems management and information integration, and Non-Normal Procedures for start malfunction, bleed malfunction, and engine failure. Introductory Topics: • Full-Flight Simulator (FFS) layout, controls, capabilities, and restrictions • Non-Normal Checklist use, including: – START VALVE OPEN – HUNG START – BLEED TRIP OFF – Engine Failure LESSON OBJECTIVES • Perform Normal and Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Perform EFB operations (if customer option) • Integrate systems management and information • Maintain continuous, positive airplane control • Use the FMC and autoflight system to navigate Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY • Perform all Normal Procedures from memory accurately and without assistance • Perform Non-Normal Procedures in the time allotted, with instructor assistance Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KLAS-KSFO) ORIGIN: Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS) RUNWAY: 25L ROUTE: SHEAD__.OAL, OAL.MODESTO__ DEPARTURE: SHEAD ____, COALDALE (OAL) Transition CRZ ALT.: FL320 ARRIVAL: COALDALE.MODESTO ____ DESTINATION: San Francisco International Airport (KSFO) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 133,000 lbs (60,455 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +27 ZFW: 113,000 lbs (51,364 kgs) TEMP TOC: -21C 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL320 ASSUMED TEMP: 42C CRZ WIND: 240/55 FLAPS: 1 COST INDEX: 40 CG: 19.7% 737-800 GW: 155,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +27 ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) TEMP TOC: -21C 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL320 ASSUMED TEMP: 48C CRZ WIND: 240/55 FLAPS: 1 COST INDEX: 40 CG: 19.7% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator WEATHER (KLAS) WIND: 210/17 TEMPERATURE: 38C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 20C ALTIMETER: 29.82 SKY COND: Clear ILS RWY 25L in use Landing and Departing RWY 25L and 25R WEATHER (KSFO) WIND: 320/07 TEMPERATURE: 12C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 9C SKY COND: SCT021, BKN120 ALTIMETER: 29.89 ILS RWY 28R in use Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to San Francisco International Airport via the SHEAD ____ Departure, COALDALE (OAL) transition, as filed. Maintain FL210, expect FL320 one zero minutes after departure. Contact McCarran Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KLAS 0 10 20 30 START VALVE OPEN OR HUNG START 40 NORMAL T/O SPEED/ALT RESTRICTIONS REDUCED THRUST T/O W/ X-WIND NORMAL START PREFLIGHT DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION 50 TIME FL240 1:00 10 20 7,000' SHUT DOWN 30 40 AUTOLAND 1:50 KSFO AFTER LANDING ILS RWY 28R IRS FAST REALIGN M/A ILS RWY 28R CRUISE DESCENT W/ SPD RESTRICTIONS ENG FAIL OR SHUTDOWN ROUTING ENG OUT DRIFTDOWN CHANGES AND LNAV INFLIGHT ENG START FL320 MAX RATE FL280 OF CLIMB BLEED TRIP OFF Full Flight Simulator 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Lesson 4 PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 3-4.6 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KLAS 0 10 20 30 40 NORMAL T/O START VALVE OPEN OR HUNG START REDUCED THRUST T/O W/ X-WIND NORMAL START PREFLIGHT DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION SPEED/ALT RESTRICTIONS MAX RATE OF CLIMB 50 1:00 FL280 10 20 7,000' 30 40 KSFO 1:50 SHUT DOWN AFTER LANDING ILS RWY 28R SECURE M/A AUTOLAND ILS RWY 28R CRUISE DESCENT W/ SPD RESTRICTIONS ENG FAIL OR SHUTDOWN ENG OUT DRIFTDOWN INFLIGHT ENG START FL320 TIME FL240 ROUTING CHANGES AND LNAV BLEED TRIP OFF Lesson 4 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 Track MDDOG 16 19 - 25 27 MEHTA 26 29 - 36 37 - 42 KSFO RWY 28R AXMUL CEPIN SFO CEDES MOD KYLLA 18 INYOE 17 OAL 2 J9 BTY LIDAT SHEAD 13 - 15 TARRK PIRMD LAS KLAS RWY 25L 1 - 12 PLAN TRACK Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator TRACK DATA Preflight 1 Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power/ Start APU 2 CDU Preflight Procedure 3 Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer 4 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start 5 Before Start Procedure Engine Start 6 Engine Start Procedure • START VALVE OPEN or Hung Start 7 Before Taxi Procedure 8 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi Note: Reposition to the runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. 9 Before Takeoff Procedure 10 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Takeoff 11 Takeoff Procedure Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 Climb 12 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: After passing PIRMD, “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL240.” Note: Refer to items listed below. “Boeing 33, cross SHEAD at or below 280 kts.” 13 Speed/ Altitude Restrictions Note: Before crossing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, delete speed restriction at SHEAD.” Note: “Boeing 33, maintain best rate of climb to FL240.” 14 Climb in VNAV 15 Max Rate of Climb Note: Before reaching SHEAD, “Boeing 33, for traffic separation, maintain heading 256. Expect direct COALDALE (OAL) in one zero (10) miles.” Note: After passing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, maintain heading 256. Intercept the 318 degree course to COALDALE (OAL). Report 30 miles southeast of COALDALE (OAL) on the 138 degree radial.” Note: After leveling at FL 240, “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL320.” 16 Lateral Navigation Note: “Boeing 33, report 50 miles southeast of COALDALE (OAL) on the 138 degree radial.” Note: When 50 nm SE of OAL, “Boeing 33, cleared present position direct KYLLA.” 17 BLEED TRIP OFF Note: The BLEED TRIP resets in Profile 4A and does not reset in Profile 4B. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator Cruise 18 Cruise Descent (FL280) with a speed restriction (do not begin the Descent phase of flight yet) 19 Use VNAV for Cruise phase of flight 20 Engine Failure or Shutdown 21 Engine Out Driftdown 22 Engine In-Flight Start Note: “Boeing 33, ILS 28R in use at San Francisco. Information ___ current.” Descent Note: After engine start, “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 7,000. Cross CEDES at 11,000.” 23 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 24 Prepare for approach into KSFO 25 Descent Procedure 26 Cross CEDES at 11,000 ft Approach and Landing 27 Approach Procedure 28 ILS RWY 28R Approach 29 Landing Procedure Missed Approach 30 Missed Approach Procedure • Dual-channel, Autopilot with FD Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 4,000. Fly runway heading, expect vectors for the ILS 28R Approach.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 Climb 31 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Descent 32 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 33 Prepare for approach into KSFO 34 Descent Procedure Approach and Landing 35 Approach Procedure 36 ILS Approach - ILS RWY 28R Approach 37 Landing Procedure After Landing 38 Landing Roll Procedure 39 After Landing Procedure (after exiting runway to the left) Note: After exiting the runway, reposition to the hold short position for runway LAS runway 25L, then Shutdown. Shutdown / Secure 40 Profile 4A only: IRS Fast Realignment 41 Shutdown Procedure and Checklist 42 SECURE Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the Profile 4B only) Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION Full Flight Simulator (FFS) • FFS emergency egress briefing • Circuit breaker panels • Seat controls • Seat position • Tiller • Flight deck lighting • Toe brakes/ parking brake • Headsets • Differences in CDU from FPT Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN PREFLIGHT Note: Lesson completion requires that crew accomplish Normal Procedures through ENGINE START in 40 minutes or less. 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power/ Start APU OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff 3. Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 4. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 ENGINE START Note: Activate either a START VALVE OPEN malfunction on engine number 2 or a Hung Start on engine number 1. 6. Engine Start Procedure • START VALVE OPEN — OR — Hung Start – ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist, if applicable – Malfunction will be cleared upon checklist completion • Normal Engine Start Procedure OM NP.21 QRH NNC.7 OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE 7. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist 8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Reposition to the runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 9. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays management – Set ND Range so that first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance TAKEOFF 11. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and pitch modes • Retract flaps per schedule FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21 • Autopilot engagement Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” CLIMB 12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: After passing PIRMD, “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL240.” Note: Refer to items listed below. “Boeing 33, cross SHEAD at or below 280 kts.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 13. Speed/ Altitude Restrictions • After passing PIRMD, delete altitude restrictions at MDDOG, TARRK, and SHEAD – Use ALT INTV, if installed, or the LEGS page • Climb and maintain FL240 • Enter a speed restriction – Use CRZ page or SPD INTV, if installed REFERENCE OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.41 Note: Before crossing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, delete speed restriction at SHEAD.” • Delete a speed restriction – Use CRZ page or SPD INTV, if installed Note: “Boeing 33, maintain best rate-of-climb to FL240.” 14. Climb in VNAV 15. Max Rate-of-Climb Note: Before reaching SHEAD, “Boeing 33, for traffic separation, maintain heading 255. Expect direct COALDALE (OAL) in one zero (10) miles.” Note: After passing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, maintain heading 255. Intercept the 318 degree course to COALDALE (OAL). Report 30 miles southeast of COALDALE (OAL) on the 138 degree radial.” Note: After leveling at FL240, “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL320.” 16. Lateral Navigation • Intercept and track a new radial • Create a waypoint at Coaldale – 30 nm – Along track waypoint or 30 nm ring via FIX page Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: “Boeing 33, report 50 miles southeast of COALDALE (OAL) on the 138 degree radial.” Note: When 50nm SE of OAL, “Boeing 33, cleared present position direct KYLLA.” • DIRECT TO routing 17. BLEED TRIP OFF • BLEED TRIP OFF Checklist QRH NNC.2 Note: The BLEED TRIP resets in Lesson 4A and does not reset in Lesson 4B. CRUISE 18. Cruise Descent (FL280) with a speed restriction (do not begin the descent phase of flight yet) • Levels of automation • FMC use and entries Note: When level at final cruise altitude, use 2x speed until 90nm prior to TOD. 19. Use VNAV for Cruise phase of flight Note: Approximately 90nm prior to the TOD, activate Engine Failure and remove 2x speed. Note: Increase ZFW to better demonstrate the driftdown. Note: Set-up for driftdown. Crew should accomplish the Engine Failure or Shutdown Checklist. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). Note: After driftdown is discussed and the checklist completed, accomplish the Engine In-Flight Checklist using a Crossbleed Start. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 REFERENCE 20. Engine Failure or Shutdown • ENGINE FAILURE OR SHUTDOWN Checklist QRH NNC.7 21. Engine Out Driftdown OM 11.31,.42, FCTM Ch 4 22. Engine In-Flight Start • Request descent to FL200 or below • ENGINE IN-FLIGHT START Checklist QRH NNC.7 Note: “Boeing 33, ILS 28R in use at San Francisco. Information ___ current.” Note: Provide descent clearances, as needed. After crossing MOD, clear crew to descend to 11,000 ft. until crossing CEDES, then descend to 4,100 ft. until MEHTA (IAF). DESCENT Note: After engine start, “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 4,100. Cross CEDES at 11,000.” 23. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 24. Prepare for approach into KSFO • ILS runways 28L and 28R in use • FMC Entries 25. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 26. Cross CEDES at 11,000 ft Note: After CEDES, clear crew for approach at MEHTA (IAF). Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE APPROACH and LANDING 27. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed changes) – INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer course) • APPROACH Checklist Note: Guide crew through slowdown to flaps 5 before intercepting the localizer. 28. ILS RWY 28R Approach QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD 29. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist OM NP.21 MISSED APPROACH 30. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Dual-channel, Autopilot with FD Note: After the Missed Approach, provide appropriate radar vectors to intercept the localizer inside CEPIN for the ILS 28R Approach. Intercept course to AXMUL. Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 4,000. Fly runway heading, expect vectors for the ILS 28R Approach.” Note: Keep crew on runway heading until reaching 4,000 ft. due to towers to the north. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 REFERENCE CLIMB 31. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: Instruct crew to descend and maintain 1,800 feet when on downwind vector. DESCENT 32. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 33. Prepare for approach into KSFO • ILS runway 28R • FMC Entries 34. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 APPROACH and LANDING 35. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • Update FMC entries, as needed (select approach, Vref speed changes) – INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer course) • APPROACH Checklist Note: Have crew use HDG SEL and ALT HLD as the roll and pitch modes while being vectored. 36. ILS Approach - ILS RWY 28R Approach • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20 37. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Autoland OM NP.21 OM 4.20 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.19 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE AFTER LANDING 38. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 39. After Landing Procedure (after exiting runway to the left) Note: Discuss areas of responsibility. Note: After exiting the runway, reposition to the hold short position for runway LAS runway 25L, then Shutdown. SHUTDOWN / SECURE 40. Profile 4A only: IRS Fast Realignment 41. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 42. SECURE Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the Profile 4B only) BREAK: 15 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.20 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-4.21 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-4.22 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5 3-5 FPT Lesson 5 PREREQUISITE • Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons DURATION • Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours • Time for each profile = 1:40 hours • Break = 0:10 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has two flight profiles. The first profile begins at Spokane International Airport (KGEG) and ends at Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA). The second profile begins at Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) and ends at Spokane International Airport (KGEG). The crew performs Normal Procedures, including takeoff, non-ILS approach, flight director go-around, and automatic landing. Emphases are on Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists for electrical systems, start malfunctions, displays, cargo compartment fire, and flight deck smoke, fire, or fumes, and smoke removal. Introductory Topics: • Non-ILS Approach • Autopilot Go-Around • Non-Normal events, including: – DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL – PSEU – HOT START – DUCT OVERHEAT – DRIVE – SOURCE OFF – PACK or PACK TRIP OFF – SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL – CARGO FIRE Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Flat Panel Trainer LESSON OBJECTIVES • Integrate systems management and information • Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Perform FMC operations and associated entries • Accomplish Non-Normal Checklists ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY Increased proficiency with FMC work, autoflight integration, and displays interpretation. Proficiency with approach procedures. • Perform all Normal Procedures accurately without instructor assistance • Perform Non-Normal Procedures and conduct the associated Non-Normal Checklists accurately and in a timely manner with instructor assistance Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5A Lesson Data (A) LESSON DATA (PROFILE A) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KGEG-KSEA) ORIGIN: Spokane International Airport (KGEG) RUNWAY: 21 ROUTE: Direct GEG Direct PDT V112 BTG Direct OLM Direct CIDUG DEPARTURE: None CRZ ALT.: 16,000 ft ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 130,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 27,000 lbs (12,273 kgs) ISA DEV: +4 ZFW: 103,000 lbs (46,818 kgs) TEMP TOC: -12C 6,500 lbs (2,955 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: 16,000 ft ASSUMED TEMP: 64C CRZ WIND: 265/55 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 80 CG: 20.1% 737-800 GW: 147,500 lbs (67,045 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 27,000 lbs (12,273 kgs) ISA DEV: +4 ZFW: 120,500 lbs (54,773 kgs) TEMP TOC: -12C 6,500 lbs (2,955 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: 16,000 ft ASSUMED TEMP: 48C CRZ WIND: 265/55 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 80 CG: 20.1% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5A Flat Panel Trainer WEATHER (KGEG) WIND: 250/10 TEMPERATURE: 15C VISIBILITY: 7 DEWPOINT: 7C SKY COND: BKN015, OVC025 ALTIMETER: 29.96 ILS RWY 21 in use Landing and Departing RWY 21 WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 330/10 TEMPERATURE: 18C VISIBILITY: 7 DEWPOINT: 14C ALTIMETER: 29.88 SKY COND: OVC025 RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R in use Landing and Departing RWY 34L and 34R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport via direct GEG, as filed. Climb and maintain 5,000. Expect 16,000 one zero minutes after departure. Contact Spokane Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 4707. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KGEG 0 NORMAL T/O 10 20 30 SPEED RESTRICTIONS REDUCED THRUST T/O ENGINE START PREFLIGHT DELETE RESTRICTIONS DUCT OVERHEAT (700) ZONE TEMP (800) 40 FL160 ABEAM ROUTE OFFSET DEMO 50 TIME FL170 1:00 5,000' 10 M/A 20 AUTOLAND ILS RWY 34R (DUAL CHANNEL) RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R DESCEND IN VNAV SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL SMOKE/FIRE/FUMES RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R ROUTE MOD CRZ DESCENT DISPLAYS CTRL DRIVE ROUTE MOD CRZ CLIMB SOURCE OFF 30 1:40 KSEA AFTER LANDING SHUT DOWN Flat Panel Trainer 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Lesson 5A PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5A Flat Panel Trainer Track (A) BLUNT BTG 23 OLM 24 25 - 29 22 LAVAA EBOCA 30 CIDUG 41 - 43 35 - 40 31 - 34 SEA KSEA RW34R 21 LTJ 20 J16 19 EPH PDT AB EA M 18 17 16 15 14 GEG 13 KGEG RW03 1 - 12 PLAN TRACK (Profile A) Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5A TRACK DATA (Profile A) Preflight 1 Preliminary Preflight Procedure 2 CDU Preflight Procedure 3 Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer 4 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start 5 Before Start Procedure Engine Start 6 Engine Start Procedure 7 Before Taxi Procedure 8 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi 9 Before Takeoff Procedure 10 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Takeoff 11 Takeoff Procedure Climb 12 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 230 kts. Climb and maintain 16,000.” 13 Enter Speed Restriction Note: “Boeing 33, resume normal speed.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5A Flat Panel Trainer 14 Delete Speed Restriction 15 DUCT OVERHEAT (-700) / ZONE TEMP (-800) Note: “Boeing 33, report abeam EPHRATA (EPH).” 16 FMC Operations 17 Route Offset 18 SOURCE OFF Cruise Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct to the PDT 250 degree radial at 50 NM, then direct LTJ, flight plan route.” 19 Route Modification • Place-Bearing/Distance waypoint creation 20 Cruise Climb (17,000) 21 Change Cruise Speed 22 DRIVE 23 DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL 24 Cruise Descent (16,000) Descent Note: “Boeing 33, expect the RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R Approach Seattle, CIDUG Transition. Information _ current.” 25 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 26 SMOKE, FIRE or FUMES 27 SMOKE or FUMES REMOVAL 28 Prepare for approach into KSEA Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer 29 Lesson 5A Descent Procedure Note: When appropriate (terrain may be an issue), “Boeing 33, cleared direct EBOCA for the RNAV (GPS) 34R Approach. Descend pilot’s discretion and maintain 5,000. Cross EBOCA at or above 5,000.” Approach and Landing 30 Approach Procedure Note: When approximately 5 miles from EBOCA, “Boeing 33, cross EBOCA at or above 5,000, cleared RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R Approach.” 31 Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R 32 Landing Procedure Missed Approach 33 Missed Approach Procedure Climb 34 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Descent 35 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 36 Prepare for approach into KSEA 37 Descent Procedure Approach and Landing 38 Approach Procedure 39 ILS RWY 34R Approach 40 Landing Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5A Flat Panel Trainer After Landing 41 Landing Roll Procedure 42 After Landing Procedure Shutdown 43 Shutdown Procedure and Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5A REFERENCE Lesson Plan (A) LESSON PLAN (PROFILE A) PREFLIGHT 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff 3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 4. Obtain ATC Clearance Note: Remind the crew to begin the Before Start Procedure after the final load/dispatch information papers are on board and the flight deck door has been closed and locked. BEFORE START Note: Crew should start the Before Start Procedure after being told the papers are on board and the flight deck door is closed and locked. Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start engines as part of the BEFORE START Procedure. 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 ENGINE START 6. Engine Start Procedure • Normal Procedure OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5A Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE 7. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist 8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 9. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays Management – Set ND range so that first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance TAKEOFF 11. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2, OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and pitch modes • Retract flaps per schedule FCTM Ch 3; CLIMB 12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 230 kts. Climb and maintain 16,000.” 13. Enter Speed Restriction • Use CRZ page or SPD INTV, if installed OM 4.10, 4.20 Note: “Boeing 33, resume normal speed.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5A REFERENCE 14. Delete Speed Restriction • Use CRZ page or SPD INTV, if installed Note: Activate a DUCT OVERHEAT or ZONE TEMP malfunction. 15. DUCT OVERHEAT (-700) / ZONE TEMP (-800) • DUCT OVERHEAT Checklist (-700) QRH NNC.2 — OR — • ZONE TEMP Checklist(-800) Note: Clear malfunction before crew begins checklist so that this Non-Normal can be cleared by the Trip Reset switch. Note: “Boeing 33, report abeam EPHRATA (EPH).” 16. FMC Operations • FIX page functions 17. Route Offset • Instructor-led Demonstration. Note: Activate a SOURCE OFF malfunction on the same side as the engaged autopilot. 18. SOURCE OFF • SOURCE OFF Checklist QRH NNC.6 Note: Discuss why autopilot disengaged. Note: Clear SOURCE OFF malfunction after checklist is complete. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5A Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE CRUISE Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct to the PDT 250 degree radial at 50 NM, then direct LTJ, flight plan route.” 19. Route Modification • Direct-To Waypoint • Place-Bearing/Distance waypoint creation 20. Cruise Climb (17,000) • Change cruise altitude after level-off – Levels of automation – FMC use and entries OM 4.10,.20, 11.42 21. Change Cruise Speed Note: Activate DRIVE Non-Normal. Fail opposite side as engaged autopilot. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Communications and Decision Making). 22. DRIVE • DRIVE Checklist QRH NNC.6 Note: Discuss why autopilot remained engaged. Note: Activate EFIS failure Non-Normal. Fail the EFIS control panel on the same side as engaged autopilot. 23. DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL • DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Checklist QRH NNC.10 Note: Discuss why autopilot disengaged. 24. Cruise Descent (16,000) OM 4.10,.20, 11.42 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5A REFERENCE DESCENT Note: “Boeing 33, expect the RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R Approach Seattle, CIDUG transition. Information _ current.” 25. Descent Clearance provided by ATC Note: Instructor needs to provide a scenario to initiate the SMOKE, FIRE, OR FUMES Non-Normal and guide the crew through both the SMOKE, FIRE, OR FUMES Checklist and the SMOKE OR FUMES REMOVAL Checklist. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 26. SMOKE, FIRE or FUMES • SMOKE, FIRE or FUMES Checklist QRH NNC.8 27. SMOKE or FUMES REMOVAL • SMOKE or FUMES REMOVAL Checklist 28. Prepare for approach into KSEA • Non-ILS Approach RWY 34R • Descend in VNAV 29. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 Note: Use accelerated speed, where appropriate. Note: When appropriate (terrain may be an issue), “Boeing 33, cleared direct EBOCA for the RNAV (GPS) 34R Approach. Descend pilot’s discretion and maintain 5,000. Cross EBOCA at or above 5,000.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5A Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE APPROACH and LANDING 30. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • Update FMC entries, as needed (Vref speed changes) – After approach selection, RNP requirements for the approach can be found on PROGRESS page 4 • APPROACH Checklist Note: Discuss RNP requirements for approach. Note: When approximately 5 miles from EBOCA, “Boeing 33, cross EBOCA at or above 5,000, cleared RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R Approach.” 31. Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R • Approach to be flown in IAN, if installed, or LNAV/VNAV • Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD FCTM Ch 5 32. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist OM NP.21 QRH MAN.2 MISSED APPROACH 33. Missed Approach Procedure • Single-channel, Autopilot with FD QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20 CLIMB 34. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: After the Missed Approach, provide appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for the ILS 34R Approach. Note: Use accelerated speed, where appropriate. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5A REFERENCE DESCENT 35. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 36. Prepare for approach into KSEA • ILS runway 34R • FMC Entries 37. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch. 5 APPROACH and LANDING 38. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • Update FMC entries, as needed (select approach, Vref speed changes) – INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer course) • APPROACH Checklist Note: Have crew use HDG SEL and ALT HLD as the roll and pitch modes while being vectored. 39. ILS RWY 34R Approach QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD 40. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Autoland OM NP.21 OM 4.20 AFTER LANDING 41. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 42. After Landing Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5A Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE SHUTDOWN 43. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 BREAK: 10 minutes Switch flying pilot and continue to Profile B. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5B Lesson Data (B) LESSON DATA (PROFILE B) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KGEG) ORIGIN: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 34R ROUTE: SEA FLAAK J505 TWISP J52 GEG DEPARTURE: MONTN__.MONTN CRZ ALT.: FL190 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Spokane International Airport (KGEG) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 128,000 lbs (58,182 kgs) RUNWAY: Slippery FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,364 kgs) ISA DEV: +4 ZFW: 103,000 lbs (46,818 kgs) TEMP TOC: -19C 6,500 lbs (2,955 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL190 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 255/65 CG: 22.3% COST INDEX: 55 737-800 GW: 144,000 lbs (65,455 kgs) RUNWAY: Slippery FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,364 kgs) ISA DEV: +4 ZFW: 119,000 lbs (54,091 kgs) TEMP TOC: -19C 6,500 lbs (2,955 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL190 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 255/65 CG: 22.3% COST INDEX: 55 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.19 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5B Flat Panel Trainer WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 320/10 TEMPERATURE: 18C VISIBILITY: 7 RAIN DEWPOINT: 14C SKY COND: OVC025 ALTIMETER: 29.88 ILS RWY 34R in use Landing and Departing RWY 34L and 34R WEATHER (KGEG) WIND: 030/10 TEMPERATURE: 15C VISIBILITY: 7 DEWPOINT: 7C SKY COND: BKN015, OVC025 ALTIMETER: 29.96 VOR RWY 03 Approach in use Landing and Departing RWY 03 CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Spokane International Airport, MOUNTAIN ____ Departure, FLAAK, as filed. Climb and maintain 5,000. Expect FL190, one-zero minutes after departure. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 4277. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.20 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KSEA 0 NORMAL T/O 10 20 HOT START PSEU LT 30 SPEED RESTRICTIONS REDUCED THRUST T/O ENGINE START PREFLIGHT DELETE RESTRICTIONS PACK/ PACK TRIP OFF 40 FL190 SOURCE OFF 50 TIME FL210 1:00 5,000' M/A 10 20 AUTOLAND 30 KGEG 1:40 SHUT DOWN AFTER LANDING ILS RWY 3 (DUAL CHANNEL) VOR RWY 3 CARGO FIRE ROUTE MOD CRZ DESCENT DISPLAYS CTRL DRIVE ROUTE MOD CRZ CLIMB ROUTE OFFSET DEMO Flat Panel Trainer 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Lesson 5B PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.21 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5B Flat Panel Trainer Track (B) 32 - 41 GEG 29 - 31 ZEGRO 1 - 12 KSEA RW34R SEA 13 NEZUG 14 15 - 18 FLAAK 19 - 22 5 J50 23 TWISP 24 EPH 25 - 27 SINGG J52 28 EPAFY KGEG RW03 PLAN ACTUAL TRACK (Profile B) Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.22 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5B TRACK DATA (Profile B) Preflight 1 Preliminary Preflight Procedure 2 CDU Preflight Procedure 3 Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer 4 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start Before Start Procedure 5 6 PSEU Light • PSEU Checklist Engine Start 7 Engine Start Procedure • Hot Start 8 Before Taxi Procedure 9 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi 10 Before Takeoff Procedure 11 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Takeoff 12 Takeoff Procedure Climb 13 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: When crew calls Departure Control, “Boeing 33, radar contact, climb and maintain FL190.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.23 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5B Flat Panel Trainer Note: After NEZUG, “Boeing 33, maintain 230 kts. for traffic.” 14 Enter Speed Restriction Note: “Boeing 33, resume normal speed.” 15 Delete Speed Restriction 16 PACK or PACK TRIP OFF 17 SOURCE OFF Cruise Note: “Boeing 33, for traffic, fly a route offset 3 miles left of course. Begin offset now and expect further clearance in 20 NM.” 18 Route Modification Note: “Boeing 33, clear of traffic. End route offset.” Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct TWISP. Report 20 miles SW of TWISP.” Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL210.” 19 Cruise Climb 20 Change Cruise Speed 21 DRIVE 22 DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain FL190.” 23 Cruise Descent Note: Approaching the Along-Track waypoint of TWISP/-20, “Boeing 33, fly heading 070. Intercept J52 to GEG. Maintain FL190.” Descent Note: “Boeing 33, expect the EPAFY transition to the VOR RWY 03 Approach at Spokane. Information XX current.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.24 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5B Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct EPAFY. Descend pilots discretion to 5,000. Cross EPAFY at or above 5,000.” 24 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 25 CARGO FIRE 26 Prepare for approach into KGEG 27 DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist Approach and Landing Note: Approaching EPAFY, “Boeing 33, XX miles west of EPAFY, cross EPAFY at or above 5,000. Cleared VOR RWY 03 Approach.” 28 APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist 29 Non-ILS Approach – VOR RWY 03 30 LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist Missed Approach 31 Missed Approach Procedure Climb 32 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Descent 33 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 34 Prepare for approach into KGEG 35 DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist Approach and Landing 36 APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.25 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5B Flat Panel Trainer 37 ILS RWY 03 Approach 38 LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist After Landing 39 Landing Roll Procedure 40 After Landing Procedure Shutdown 41 Shutdown Procedure and Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.26 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5B REFERENCE Lesson Plan (B) LESSON PLAN (PROFILE B) PREFLIGHT 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure • Reduced Thrust Takeoff 3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 4. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START Note: Crew should obtain clearance from ramp personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start engines as part of the BEFORE START Procedure. 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 6. PSEU Light • PSEU Checklist QRH NNC.15 Note: Clear malfunction after checklist is complete. ENGINE START Note: Activate a Hot Start on engine number 2. Clear malfunction after checklist is complete. 7. Engine Start Procedure • Hot Start – ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist - Malfunction will be cleared upon checklist completion • Normal Engine Start Procedure OM NP.21, SP.2 QRH NNC.7 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.27 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5B Flat Panel Trainer 8. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist REFERENCE OM NP.21 9. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 10. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays Management – Set ND range selection so first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 11. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance TAKEOFF 12. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and pitch modes CLIMB 13. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: When crew calls Departure Control, “Boeing 33, radar contact, climb and maintain FL190.” Note: After NEZUG, “Boeing 33, maintain 230 kts. for traffic.” 14. Enter Speed Restriction OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.41 Note: “Boeing 33, resume normal speed.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.28 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5B REFERENCE 15. Delete Speed Restriction Note: Activate PACK or PACK TRIP OFF NonNormal that resets with push of TRIP RESET switch. 16. PACK or PACK TRIP OFF • PACK or PACK TRIP OFF Checklist QRH NNC.2 Note: Activate SOURCE OFF Non-Normal. Fail opposite side as engaged autopilot. 17. SOURCE OFF • SOURCE OFF Checklist QRH NNC.6 Note: Discuss why autopilot remained engaged. Note: Clear malfunction after checklist is complete. CRUISE Note: “Boeing 33, for traffic, fly a route offset 3 miles left of course. Begin offset now and expect further clearance in 20 NM.” 18. Route Modification • Route Offset Note: “Boeing 33, clear of traffic. End route offset.” Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct TWISP. Report 20 miles SW of TWISP.” • Direct to waypoint • Along Track waypoint construction OM 11.42 Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL210.” 19. Cruise Climb • Change cruise altitude after level-off – Levels of automation – FMC use and entries OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.42 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.29 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5B Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE 20. Change Cruise Speed Note: Activate DRIVE Non-Normal. Fail opposite side as engaged autopilot. 21. DRIVE • DRIVE Checklist QRH NNC.6 Note: Discuss why autopilot remained engaged. Note: Activate EFIS failure Non-Normal. Fail EFIS control panel opposite side as engaged autopilot. 22. DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL • DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Checklist QRH NNC.10 Note: Discuss why autopilot remained engaged. Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain FL190.” 23. Cruise Descent OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.42 Note: Approaching the Along-Track waypoint of TWISP/-20, “Boeing 33, fly heading 070. Intercept J52 to GEG. Maintain FL190.” Note: Use accelerated speed as necessary to the top of descent point. DESCENT Note: “Boeing 33, expect the EPAFY transition to the VOR RWY 03 Approach at Spokane. Information XX current.” Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct EPAFY. Descend pilots discretion to 5,000. Cross EPAFY at or above 5,000.” 24. Descent Clearance provided by ATC Note: Activate an extinguishable cargo fire in the forward compartment. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.30 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5B REFERENCE Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 25. CARGO FIRE • CARGO FIRE Checklist • Deferred Items QRH NNC.8 Note: After the checklist is complete, discuss the number of fire bottles and, specifically, the metered 3rd bottle, if installed. 26. Prepare for approach into KGEG • VOR RWY 03 in use • FMC Entries OM 11.43 Note: Use accelerated speed, where appropriate. 27. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist • APPROACH REF page APPROACH and LANDING Note: Approaching EPAFY, “Boeing 33, XX miles west of EPAFY, cross EPAFY at or above 5,000. Cleared VOR RWY 03 Approach.” 28. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist Note: Discuss RNP requirements for approach. 29. Non-ILS Approach – VOR RWY 03 • Approach to be flown in IAN, if installed, or LNAV/VNAV • Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD 30. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.31 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5B Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE MISSED APPROACH 31. Missed Approach Procedure • Single-channel, Autopilot with FD QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20 Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and crew coordination and communications. Give guidance as needed. CLIMB 32. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: After the Missed Approach, provide appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for the ILS RWY 03 Approach. DESCENT 33. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 34. Prepare for approach into KGEG • ILS RWY 03 • FMC Entries OM 11.43 35. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist APPROACH and LANDING 36. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist • Update FMC entries, as needed (select approach, Vref speed changes) – INTC CRS TO (intercept the localizer course) Note: Have crew use HDG SEL and ALT HLD as the roll and pitch modes. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.32 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5B 37. ILS RWY 03 Approach REFERENCE QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD 38. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from CARGO FIRE Checklist • Autoland OM 4.20 Note: Remind crew that they need to inform ground personnel NOT to open any cargo door after landing until all passengers and crew have exited the aircraft and fire-fighting equipment is nearby. AFTER LANDING 39. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21.82 40. After Landing Procedure SHUTDOWN 41. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.33 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Flat Panel Trainer Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.34 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 5 Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-5.35 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Flat Panel Trainer Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-5.36 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 6 3-6 FPT Lesson 6 PREREQUISITE • Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons DURATION: • Total scheduled time = 3:30 hours • Time for each profile = 1:40 hours • Break = 0:10 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, which begins at New York JFK International (KJFK) in hot, humid weather with Chicago O’Hare (KORD) as the intended destination. The crew performs Normal and Non-Normal Procedures while continuing previous lesson requirements. Emphases are on managing systems and information, and handling non-normal events including engine fire and FMC failure. Introductory Topics: • Hot and humid weather considerations • Non-Normal Checklist, including: – START VALVE OPEN – Engine Fire – FMC FAIL LESSON OBJECTIVES • Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Integrate systems management and information • Perform FMC operations and associated entries • Perform Non-Normal and Supplementary Procedures and Checklists: – Engine fire – FMC failure ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY Proficiency with FMC programming and use, levels of automation recognition and use, and accurate displays interpretation. Proficiency attained with respect to using the autoflight system. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Flat Panel Trainer Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KJFK-KORD) ORIGIN: New York Kennedy International Airport (KJFK) RUNWAY: 31L ROUTE: SAX J36 FNT DEPARTURE: SKORR.__.SKORR CRZ ALT.: FL260 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Chicago O’Hare International Airport (KORD) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 133,000 lbs (60,455 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 30,000 lbs (13,636 kgs) ISA DEV: +25 ZFW: 103,000 lbs (46,818 kgs) TEMP TOC: -11C RESERVES: 8,000 lbs (3,636 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB CRZ ALT: FL260 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 265/55 CG: 20.3% COST INDEX: 35 737-800 GW: 148,500 lbs (67,500 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry +25 FUEL: 30,000 lbs (13,636 kgs) ISA DEV: ZFW: 118,500 lbs (53,864 kgs) TEMP TOC: -11C RESERVES: 8,000 lbs (3,636 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB CRZ ALT: FL260 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 265/55 CG: 20.3% COST INDEX: 35 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-6.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 6 WEATHER (KJFK) WIND: 320/10 TEMPERATURE: 40C VISIBILITY: 10, haze DEWPOINT: 32C ALTIMETER: 29.84 SKY COND: BKN015, OVC060 RNAV and ILS RWY 31R in use Landing and Departing RWY 31L and 31R WEATHER (KORD) WIND: 230/05 TEMPERATURE: 32C VISIBILITY: 6 DEWPOINT: 29C ALTIMETER: 29.72 SKY COND: OVC015 ILS RWY 27R in use Landing and Departing RWY 27R and 28R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to O’Hare International Airport via the SKORR THREE Departure, direct SPARTA (SAX) as filed. Climb and maintain 5,000. Expect FL260, one zero minutes after departure. Departure frequency 135.9. Contact Kennedy Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 4247. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.3 3-6.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KJFK 0 10 NORMAL T/O 20 START VALVE OPEN 30 SPEED RESTRICTIONS EXTERNAL AIR CART ENGINE START PREFLIGHT DELETE RESTRICTIONS MAX RATE CLIMB 40 FL240 HOLDING 1:00 8,000' 10 M/A 20 30 AUTOLAND KORD 1:40 SHUT DOWN AFTER LANDING ILS RWY 04R (DUAL CHANNEL) RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 04R (SINGLE CHANNEL) FMC FAIL RNAV Y RWY 04R ENG OUT DRIFTDOWN ENG FIRE FL190 50 TIME FL260 RTA WAYPOINTS Lesson 6 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile Flat Panel Trainer PROFILE Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 6 Track J36 KORD RW04R ORD HASTE DEWIT LAN ATTIX FNT J 36 GOOSS (JLGON) J36 DKK WAAKE 18 - 22 13 - 17 LHY 1 - 12 J3 COATE KJFK 6 RW31L 23 SAX 24 JFK 25 26 - 37 SKORR KJFK RW04R PLAN ACTUAL TRACK Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Flat Panel Trainer TRACK DATA Preflight 1 Preliminary Preflight Procedure 2 CDU Preflight Procedure 3 Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer 4 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start Before Start Procedure 5 Engine Start 6 Engine Start Procedure (with Ground Air Source) • START VALVE OPEN 7 Before Taxi Procedure 8 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi 9 Before Takeoff Procedure 10 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Takeoff 11 Takeoff Procedure Climb 12 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: During departure, “Boeing 33, cleared direct COATE, then as filed. Climb and maintain FL240, expect FL260 in 40 nm.” Note: “Boeing 33, request your best rate of climb to FL240.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-6.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer 13 Lesson 6 Max Rate Climb Note: “Boeing 33, continue climb to FL260. MAX RATE of CLB no longer required.” Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to LHY. Hold SE of LHY on the 135 degree radial, left turns, 2 minute legs. Maintain FL260. Expect further clearance XXXX.” 14 Holding Pattern Note: When hold has been entered into the CDU, discuss briefly then, “Boeing 33, cancel hold, continue on course.” 15 Waypoint Construction Cruise Note: “Boeing 33, say earliest time to cross FNT.” 16 Determine RTA 17 ENGINE FIRE 18 Engine Out Driftdown 19 FMC Operations Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct LHY J36 SAX. Maintain FL190.” Descent Note: “Boeing 33, Expect the RNAV Yankee RWY 4 Right Approach to JFK.” Note: When crew is established on J36, “Boeing 33, descend at pilot’s discretion to cross SAX at 8,000.” 20 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 21 Prepare for approach into KJFK 22 Descent Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Flat Panel Trainer FMC FAIL 23 Approach and Landing 24 Approach Procedure 25 Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 04R Approach 26 Landing Procedure Missed Approach 27 Missed Approach Procedure • Single-channel, Autopilot with FD Note: “Boeing 33, ILS RWY 04 now in use.” Climb 28 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Descent 29 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 30 Prepare for approach into KJFK 31 Descent Procedure Approach and Landing 32 Approach Procedure 33 ILS RWY 04R 34 Landing Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-6.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 6 After Landing 35 Landing Roll Procedure 36 After Landing Procedure Shutdown 37 Shutdown Procedure and Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN PREFLIGHT Note: External air cart required for engine start. 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power • APU not available for starting engines OM 11.40, NP.21 OM SP.6 2. CDU Preflight Procedure Note: Discuss hot and humid weather performance considerations and applicable Supplementary Procedures 3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 4. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 ENGINE START Note: Activate a START switch fail in the GRD position on engine number 2. Note: Encourage effective crew communications inside and outside the flight deck. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-6.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 6 6. Engine Start Procedure • Use External Air Cart • Starting with Ground Air Source Supplementary Procedure • Engine Cross-bleed Start Supplementary Procedure • START VALVE OPEN – START VALVE OPEN Checklist 7. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist REFERENCE OM NP.21, SP.2 QRH NNC.7 OM NP.21 8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 9. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays Management – Set ND range so that first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Reiterate hot weather performance considerations and applicable Supplementary Procedures. TAKEOFF 11. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and pitch modes Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE CLIMB 12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: During departure, “Boeing 33, cleared direct COATE, then as filed. Climb and maintain FL240, expect FL260 in 40 nm.” Note: Review DIRECT TO, INTERCEPT, etc., during climb. Note: “Boeing 33, request your best rate of climb to FL240.” Note: Discuss MAX RATE on the CLB page and reference Thrust Mode Display. 13. Max Rate Climb • Return to original rate of climb Note: “Boeing 33, continue climb to FL260. MAX RATE of CLB no longer required.” Note: Use the accelerated climb feature on the IOS to climb to FL260. Advise crew that you will accelerate their climb. Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to LHY. Hold SE of LHY on the 135 degree radial, left turns, 2 minute legs. Maintain FL260. Expect further clearance XXXX.” 14. Holding Pattern • Build a holding pattern Note: When hold has been entered into the CDU, discuss briefly then, “Boeing 33, cancel hold, continue on course.” • Delete constructed holding pattern Note: Review waypoint construction and ETA determination, as needed. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-6.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 6 REFERENCE 15. Waypoint Construction CRUISE Note: “Boeing 33, say earliest time to cross FNT.” 16. Determine RTA Note: From CRZ page, have crew select RTA, or go to PROGRESS page 3 of 4. Discuss the RTA page. 17. ENGINE FIRE • Memory Items • ENGINE FIRE, SEVERE DAMAGE OR SEPARATION CHECKLIST QRH NNC.7 QRH NNC.8 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 18. Engine Out Driftdown OM 11.31, 11.42, FCTM Ch 4 Note: Have crew descend and maintain FL190 when crew requests a lower altitude. Note: Following driftdown set-up procedure, reset ENG FIRE malfunction from IOS. Advise crew when all systems are normal. 19. FMC Operations • NEAREST AIRPORTS Page OM 11.42 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). Note: Select ALTN DEST on RTE page or on the INDEX page or on the APPROACH REF page. Select NEAREST AIRPORTS. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE Note: For training purposes, have crew choose to return to KJFK. • Change destination to KJFK Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct LHY J36 SAX. Maintain FL190.” Note: Select RTE page 1 and change destination to KJFK. Note: Provide heading and altitude vectors as necessary for the return to KJFK. DESCENT Note: “Boeing 33, Expect the RNAV Yankee RWY 04 Right Approach to KJFK.” Note: When crew is established on J36, “Boeing 33, descend at pilot’s discretion to cross SAX at 8,000.” 20. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 21. Prepare for approach into KJFK • Non-ILS Approaches RWY 04R in use • FMC entries 22. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 Note: Fail the FMC on the Captain’s side. Note: If customer has only one FMC, fail that FMC. Reset FMC failure once checklist is complete for those customers with only one FMC. If customer has two FMCs, leave FMC failed on the Captain’s side. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-6.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 6 REFERENCE Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making, Workload Management and Communications). 23. FMC FAIL • FMC FAIL Checklist QRH NNC.11 APPROACH and LANDING 24. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist Note: Provide vectors to the west for the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 04R Approach, as required. 25. Non- ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 04R Approach • Approach to be flown in LNAV/VNAV or IAN, if installed • Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD 26. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist FCTM Ch 5 QRH MAN.2 OM NP.21 MISSED APPROACH 27. Missed Approach Procedure • Single-channel, Autopilot with FD Note: After the Missed Approach, provide appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for the ILS 04R Approach. Note: “Boeing 33, ILS runway 04 Right now in use.” CLIMB 28. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Flat Panel Trainer REFERENCE DESCENT 29. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 30. Prepare for approach into KJFK • ILS RWY 04R • FMC Entries 31. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 APPROACH and LANDING 32. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist 33. ILS RWY 04R • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD OM 4.20 34. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Autoland OM NP.21 OM 4.20 AFTER LANDING 35. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 36. After Landing Procedure SHUTDOWN 37. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 BREAK: 10 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-6.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Flat Panel Trainer Lesson 6 Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-6.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Flat Panel Trainer Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-6.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7 3-7 FFS Lesson 7 PREREQUISITE • Complete the assigned e-Learning Lessons DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Time for each profile = 1:55 hours • Break = 0:10 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson is completed in the Full-Flight Simulator with motion off. This lesson provides flight profiles from Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) to San Francisco International Airport (KSFO). The crew performs selected Non-Normal Procedures. Emphases are on engine start malfunctions, cabin depressurization, loss of hydraulic systems, landing gear malfunction, APU fire, and Evacuation. Introductory Topics: • Depressurization • Loss of hydraulic systems • Landing gear malfunction • Evacuation Note: Determinate if the crew is prepared to begin the FFS phase of training, or if additional training is required. Provide specific recommendations for additional training, if needed. LESSON OBJECTIVES • Perform EFB operations (if customer option) to the required level of proficiency • Integrate information and systems management tasks during Normal and Non-Normal Procedures to the required level of proficiency • Maintain continuous airplane control and navigation using the FMC and autoflight system during complex situations under adverse conditions to the required level of proficiency • Perform takeoff, landing, and go-around procedures to the required level of proficiency • Perform Normal and Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists while using effective CRM Attributes to the required level of proficiency Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7 Full Flight Simulator ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY • Elapsed time from entering the FFS to completion of the BEFORE TAXI Checklist must be less than 35 min. • Perform the following FMC programming tasks without assistance: – Enter a Departure Procedure – Proceed Direct To a Waypoint – Close a Route Discontinuity – Perform an Intercept Course To function – Build an Along Track Waypoint – Determine the ETA of a Waypoint – Determine the Abeam Position of a Waypoint (Fix Page) – Perform an Offset function (As Installed) – Enter an Arrival Procedure – Construct a Holding Pattern – Exit a Holding Pattern – Select a Procedure Turn (As Installed) – Delete a Procedure Turn (As Installed) – Divert to an Alternate Airport • Perform Normal Checklists during all phases of flight without assistance. • Demonstrate ability to recognize non-normal situations and execute Non-Normal Checklists. • Maintain the proper Map Range display during all phases of flight. • Be able to tune communication and navigation radios. • Recognize and understand the levels of automation and proper use of the Mode Control Panel switches (LNAV, VNAV, LVL CHG, A/T, V/S, LOC, APP, etc.) • Recognize and interpret the Flight Mode Annunciations (FMA). • Be able to program FMC for three possible approach clearances: – Radar vectors to final approach course (Intercept Course To) – Cleared to IAF (Transition from arc/procedure turn) – Cleared to IAF to hold (Hold in lieu of procedure turn) Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A Lesson Data (A) LESSON DATA (PROFILE A) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSFO) ORIGIN: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 16L ROUTE: HAROB __.ERAVE_Q1_PYE DEPARTURE: HAROB____.ERAVE Transition CRZ ALT.: FL370 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: San Francisco International Airport (KSFO) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 130,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,364 kgs) ISA DEV: -6C ZFW: 105,000 lbs (47,727 kgs) TEMP TOC: -63C 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL370 ASSUMED TEMP: 67C CRZ WIND: 250/55 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 50 CG: 20.5% 737-800 GW: 153,000 lbs (69,545 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,364 kgs) ISA DEV: -6C ZFW: 128,000 lbs (58,182 kgs) TEMP TOC: -63C 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL370 ASSUMED TEMP: 55C CRZ WIND: 250/55 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 50 CG: 20.5% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 190/05 TEMPERATURE: 7C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 5C ALTIMETER: 29.85 SKY COND: BKN 012 OVC050 (break out at 8500 ft) ILS RWY 16L in use Landing and Departing RWY 16L and 16C WEATHER (KSFO) WIND: 280/15 TEMPERATURE: 12C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 4C SKY COND: SCT041 OVC080 ALTIMETER: 29.85 ILS RWY 28L and 28R in use Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, is cleared to San Francisco International Airport, HAROB ___ Departure, ERAVE Transition, as filed. Maintain 9,000. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1146. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.4 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KSEA 0 10 DISPLAY SOURCE 20 30 ABORTED ENG START 40 50 8,000' FL230 CWS DEMO LANDING GEAR LVR HOT WILL NOT START MOVE UP OR NO OIL PRESSURE ENGINE START PREFLIGHT AUTO FAIL TIME 1:00 10 10,000' 20 6,000' 4,000' 30 M/A 40 KSFO AUTOLAND 1:55 SHUT DOWN AFTER LANDING ILS RWY 28R RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R LOSS OF SYS A ROUTING CHANGES CABIN ALTITUDE WARN OR RAPID DEPRESS AND LNAV EMERG DESCENT FL370 Full Flight Simulator 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Lesson 7A PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator Track (A) TRACK (Profile A) PLAN SEA HAROB 1 - 13 KSEA RW16L 14 ERAVE 15 BTG 16 PDX 17 18 EASON EUG 19 - 22 RBG EBINY 23 - 26 ENVIE FOWND ENI 27 - 33 PYE SFO OAK KSFO 40 - 43 RW28R AXMUL 34 - 39 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A TRACK DATA (Profile A) Preflight 1 Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power / Start APU 2 CDU Preflight Procedure 3 Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer 4 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start Before Start Procedure 5 Engine Start 6 Engine Start Procedure • Hot Start — OR —No Oil Pressure 7 Before Taxi Procedure 8 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi 9 Before Takeoff Procedure 10 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Line Up and Wait.” Note: “Boeing 33, wind calm, Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.” Takeoff 11 Takeoff Procedure 12 Landing Gear Lever Will Not Move Up After Takeoff (landing gear lever lock solenoid failure) Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator Climb AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist 13 Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 15,000.” 14 DISPLAY SOURCE • EEC ALTERNATE MODE Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 1XX.XX.” 15 Intermediate Level-off Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL230.” 16 Climb to FL230 17 CWS OPS Demonstration Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL370.” Reposition to FL370. 18 Cruise 19 Amended Clearance / Re-Route Note: “Boeing 33, amended clearance. Advise ready to copy.” Note: “Boeing 33, proceed present position direct Roseburg VOR (RBG), J143 Point Reyes (PYE), Point Reyes 1 arrival (PYE.PYE1). Maintain FL370.” 20 Enter Arrival Procedure 21 Determine ETA at KSFO 22 Route Offset 23 AUTO FAIL Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33, descend ___. Altimeter 29.85.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator 24 Lesson 7A CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING — OR — Rapid Depressurization Descent 25 Emergency Descent Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 10,000.” Note: “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach, 134.5.” 26 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 27 Prepare for approach into KSFO 28 Descent Procedure Note: “Descend and maintain 4,000. Turn XXXX heading ___, vector for RNAV Zulu 28 Right Approach.” (vector as necessary to set up for the approach). 29 LOSS OF SYSTEM A Approach and Landing 30 APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist 31 Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R Approach 32 LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, _____ miles from AXMUL. Turn right heading _____, intercept the final approach course. Maintain 4,000 until established, cleared for the RNAV Zulu Runway 28 Right Approach. Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.” Missed Approach 33 Missed Approach Procedure Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading, vectors for the ILS RWY 28 Right Approach. Climb and maintain 4,000.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator Climb 34 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Descent 35 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 36 Prepare for approach into KSFO 37 Descent Procedure Approach and Landing 38 Approach Procedure Note: “Turn right heading ___, intercept the LOC, cleared ILS Runway 28R Approach. Maintain 4,000 until established. Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.” 39 ILS RWY 28R Approach 40 Landing Procedure After Landing 41 Landing Roll Procedure 42 After Landing Procedure Shutdown 43 Shutdown Procedure and Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION (as necessary) Full Flight Simulator (FFS) • FFS emergency egress briefing • Circuit breaker panels • Seat controls • Seat position • Tiller • Flight deck lighting • Toe brakes / parking brake • Headsets • Differences in CDU from FPT Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Lesson Plan (A) LESSON PLAN (PROFILE A) PREFLIGHT 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power / Start APU OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff 3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 4. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 ENGINE START Note: Activate a Hot Start malfunction on engine number 2 or a NO OIL PRESSURE Non-Normal on engine number 1. 6. Engine Start Procedure • Hot Start — OR —No Oil Pressure – ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist - Malfunction will be cleared upon checklist completion • Normal Procedure OM NP.21 QRH NNC.7 Note: Stress Situational Awareness and Decision Making CRM Attributes. 7. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A REFERENCE 8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Reposition to hold short position, runway 16 Left. Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 9. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays Management – Set ND range selection so first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Line Up and Wait.” Note: “Boeing 33, wind calm, Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.” TAKEOFF 11. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and pitch modes 12. Landing Gear Lever Will Not Move Up After Takeoff (landing gear lever lock solenoid failure) • LANDING GEAR LEVER WILL NOT MOVE UP AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NNC.14 Note: Stress Situational Awareness and Decision Making CRM Attributes. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” CLIMB 13. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 15,000.” Note: Climbing through 8,000 ft., activate DISPLAY SOURCE (fail DEU on pilot-flying side) Non-Normal. 14. DISPLAY SOURCE • DISPLAY SOURCE Checklist QRH NNC.10 Note: Review and demonstrate resulting display indications. Note: Discuss DISPLAY SOURCE indications above and below FL220 and in climbs and descents vs. level flight. • EEC ALTERNATE MODE Checklist QRH NNC.7 Note: Encourage effective crew communications. Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 1XX.XX.” 15. Intermediate Level-off OM 4.10, 4.20 Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL230.” 16. Climb to FL230 Note: Discuss the importance of not exceeding engine limits, as engine limit protection in Alternate mode is not the same as in Normal mode. Note: After leveling at FL230, clear DISPLAY SOURCE malfunction and commence with CWS demonstration. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A REFERENCE Note: Have crew use CWS to initiate and level from climbs. 17. CWS OPS Demonstration • Autopilot CWS vs. Flight Director CWS • Climb and descend using CWS while overriding pitch and roll and when selecting CWS A or CWS B. Note: When CWS OPS exercise is complete, clear crew to level-off. Level-off is to facilitate a slew to FL370, only. Use any convenient altitude for level-off. Make sure to set a speed of 260 kts. with the FL370 altitude on the IOS panel. Note: Explain to the crew that the reposition will take place, and have them set the MCP altitude prior to reposition. Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL370.” 18. Reposition to FL370. CRUISE 19. Amended Clearance / Re-Route Note: “Boeing 33, amended clearance. Advise ready to copy.” Note: “Boeing 33, proceed present position direct Roseburg VOR (RBG), J143 Point Reyes (PYE), Point Reyes 1 arrival (PYE.PYE1). Maintain FL370.” Note: Provide SFO ATIS information to crew. 20. Enter Arrival Procedure OM 11.43 21. Determine ETA at KSFO • Progress Page Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator 22. Route Offset • Offset route 5 nm west of course with end point ROSEBURG (RBG). • Delete OFFSET and proceed on course. REFERENCE OM 11.42 Note: As soon as is airplane is wings-level on the offset, clear crew to resume course (remove offset and re-intercept course). Note: Inform crew that the aircraft will be repositioned to approximately ENI, then execute the reposition. 23. AUTO FAIL • AUTO FAIL Checklist QRH NNC.2 Note: Fail each controller, one at a time. Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33, descend ___. Altimeter 29.85.” Note: Allow crew to complete checklist prior to introducing the next Non-Normal. 24. CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING — OR — Rapid Depressurization QRH NNC.2 FCTM Ch8 • Memory Items • CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING or Rapid Depressurization Checklist Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). Note: Monitor crew radio/interphone communications. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A REFERENCE DESCENT 25. Emergency Descent • Memory Items • Emergency Descent Checklist QRH NNC.0 Note: Emergency Descent Checklist states to descend to “the lowest safe altitude or 10,000 feet, whichever is higher.” Crew should ask ATC what the MSA is in the sector. Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 10,000.” Note: “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach, 134.5.” 26. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 27. Prepare for approach into KSFO • Runways 28L and 28R in use • FMC Entries OM 11.43 Note: After Point Reyes (PYE), have crew descend and maintain 6,000. Note: Before PYE, clear crew direct to KOAK, then provide radar vectors for the RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R Approach. 28. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 Note: “Descend and maintain 4,000. Turn XXXX heading ___, vector for RNAV Zulu 28 Right Approach.” (vector as necessary to set up for the approach). Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Prior to KOAK, activate the LOSS OF SYSTEM A Non-Normal. 29. LOSS OF SYSTEM A • LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist • Deferred Items QRH NNC.13 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making, Workload Management and Communications). APPROACH and LANDING 30. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist 31. Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R Approach • Approach to be flown in LNAV/VNAV or IAN, if installed FCTM Ch 5 QRH MAN.2 32. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, _____ miles from AXMUL. Turn right heading _____, intercept the final approach course. Maintain 4,000 until established, cleared for the RNAV Zulu Runway 28 Right Approach. Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.” MISSED APPROACH 33. Missed Approach Procedure • Single-channel, Autopilot with FD QRH MAN.2, OM 4.20 Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading, vectors for the ILS RWY 28 Right Approach. Climb and maintain 3,000.” Note: Clear all malfunctions to enable Autoland. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A REFERENCE CLIMB 34. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: After the Missed Approach, provide appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for the ILS 28R Approach. DESCENT 35. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 36. Prepare for approach into KSFO • ILS RWY 28R • FMC Entries OM 11.43 37. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing. • DESCENT Checklist APPROACH and LANDING 38. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • Update FMC entries, as needed (select approach, Vref speed changes) • APPROACH Checklist Note: “Turn right heading ___, intercept the LOC, cleared ILS Runway 28R Approach. Maintain 4,000 until established. Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.” 39. ILS RWY 28R Approach QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.19 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator 40. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Autoland REFERENCE OM NP.21 OM 4.20 AFTER LANDING 41. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 42. After Landing Procedure Note: Have crew exit runway. After cleaning up the airplane, reposition to the simulator’s default gate for Shutdown and Secure. SHUTDOWN 43. Shutdown Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 BREAK: 10 minutes Switch flying pilot and continue to Profile B. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.20 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B Lesson Data (B) LESSON DATA (PROFILE B) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSFO) ORIGIN: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 16L ROUTE: HAROB __.ERAVE_Q1_PYE DEPARTURE: HAROB____.ERAVE Transition CRZ ALT.: FL370 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: San Francisco International Airport (KSFO) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 130,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,364 kgs) ISA DEV: -6C ZFW: 105,000 lbs (47,727 kgs) TEMP TOC: -63C 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL370 ASSUMED TEMP: 67C CRZ WIND: 250/55 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 50 CG: 20.5% 737-800 GW: 153,000 lbs (69,545 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,364 kgs) ISA DEV: -6C ZFW: 128,000 lbs (58,182 kgs) TEMP TOC: -63C 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL370 ASSUMED TEMP: 55C CRZ WIND: 250/55 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 50 CG: 20.5% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.21 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 190/05 TEMPERATURE: 7C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 5C ALTIMETER: 29.85 SKY COND: BKN 012, OVC050 (break out at 8500 ft) ILS RWY 16L in use Landing and Departing RWY 16L and 16C WEATHER (KSFO) WIND: 280/15 TEMPERATURE: 12C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 4C SKY COND: SCT041, OVC080 ALTIMETER: 29.85 ILS RWY 28L and 28R in use Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R CLEARANCE Boeing 33 is cleared to San Francisco International Airport, HAROB ___ Departure, ERAVE Transition, as filed. Climb and maintain 9,000. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1146. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.22 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 KSEA 0 10 20 30 40 ENGINE FIRE ABORTED ENG START WET START OR NO OIL PRESSURE ENGINE START PREFLIGHT INTERMEDIATE LEVEL OFF FL370 RTA 50 10,000' 1:00 10 20 6,000' 4,000' 10,000' 30 M/A 40 1:55 KSFO AUTOLAND EVAC APU FIRE ILS RWY 28R SOURCE OFF RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R LOSS OF SYS B EMERG DESCENT CABIN ALTITUDE WARN OR RAPID DEPRESS TIME 15,000’ ROUTING CHANGES AND LNAV Full Flight Simulator 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Lesson 7B PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.23 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator Track (B) TRACK (Profile B) PLAN SEA HAROB 1 - 12 KSEA RW16L 13 ERAVE 14 15 BTG PDX EASON EUG RBG EBINY ENVIE 16 FOWND ENI 17 - 20 21 - 22 PYE OAK 23 - 26 SFO KSFO 33 - 36 RW28R 27 - 32 AXMUL Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.24 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B TRACK DATA (Profile B) Preflight 1 Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power / Start APU 2 CDU Preflight Procedure 3 Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer 4 Obtain ATC Clearance Before Start Before Start Procedure 5 Engine Start 6 Engine Start Procedure • Wet Start (no EGT rise) — OR — No Oil Pressure 7 Before Taxi Procedure 8 Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Taxi 9 Before Takeoff Procedure 10 Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Line Up and Wait.” Note: “Boeing 33, wind calm, Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.” Takeoff 11 Takeoff Procedure Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.25 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator Climb AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist 12 Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 15,000.” Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center xxx.x.” ENGINE FIRE 13 Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL370.” 14 Reposition to FL370. 15 Amended Clearance / Re-Route Note: “Boeing 33, amended clearance. Advise ready to copy.” Note: “Boeing 33, proceed present position direct Roseburg VOR (RBG), J143 Point Reyes (PYE), Point Reyes 1 arrival (PYE.PYE1). Maintain FL370.” Cruise 16 Enter Arrival Procedure 17 RTA at PYE 18 RAPID DEPRESSURIZATION • CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING — OR — RAPID DEPRESSURIZATION Checklist Note: Choose an appropriate altitude, based on terrain clearance. “Boeing 33, descend ___. Altimeter 29.85.” Descent 19 Emergency Descent Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 10,000.” 20 Prepare for approach into KSFO Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.26 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B Note: “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach, 134.5.” 21 Descent Procedure Note: “Descend and maintain 4,000. Turn XXXX heading ___, vector for RNAV Zulu 28 Right Approach.” (vector as necessary to set up for the approach). 22 LOSS OF SYSTEM B Approach and Landing 23 APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist 24 Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R Approach 25 LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, _____ miles from AXMUL. Turn right heading _____, intercept the final approach course. Maintain 4,000 until established. Cleared RNAV Zulu Runway 28 Right Approach. Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.” Missed Approach 26 Missed Approach Procedure Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading, vectors for the ILS RWY 28 Right Approach. Climb and maintain 4,000.” Climb 27 AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Descent 28 Descent Clearance provided by ATC 29 Prepare for approach into KSFO 30 Descent Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.27 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator Approach and Landing 31 SOURCE OFF 32 Approach Procedure Note: “Turn right heading ___, intercept the LOC, cleared ILS Runway 28R Approach. Maintain 4,000 until established. Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.” 33 ILS RWY 28R Approach 34 Landing Procedure Note: “Boeing 33, smoke and flames are coming from your tail!” 35 APU FIRE 36 EVACUATION Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.28 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B DEVICE FAMILIARIZATION FFS Familiarization Review, as necessary • FFS emergency egress briefing • Seat controls • Seat position • Tiller • Flight deck lighting • Toe brakes/ parking brake • Headsets Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.29 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Lesson Plan (B) LESSON PLAN (PROFILE B) PREFLIGHT 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power / Start APU OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff 3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 4. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 Note: Activate either a wet start (no EGT rise) malfunction or no oil pressure during start malfunction for engine number 2. Clear malfunction after checklist is complete. Note: Stress Situational Awareness and Decision Making CRM Attributes. ENGINE START 6. Engine Start Procedure • Wet Start (no EGT rise) — OR — No Oil Pressure – ABORTED ENGINE START Checklist - Clear malfunction after checklist is complete • Normal Procedure OM NP.21 QRH NNC.7 OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.30 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B REFERENCE 7. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist 8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Reposition to hold short position, runway 16 Left. Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 9. Before Takeoff Procedure • Set WXR and TERR as briefed • Displays Management – Set ND range selection so first waypoint is visible • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Reposition to runway before starting Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Line Up and Wait.” Note: “Boeing 33, wind calm, Runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.” TAKEOFF 11. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41, NP.21 • Use LNAV/VNAV as the chosen roll and pitch modes Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.31 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE CLIMB 12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 15,000.” Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center xxx.x.” Note: Activate the ENGINE FIRE (2 bottles) to occur during the climb, above 10,000 ft. Clear Non-Normal after checklist is complete. 13. ENGINE FIRE • Memory Items • ENGINE FIRE Checklist – Malfunction will be cleared after checklist is complete QRH NNC.8 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). Note: Level-off at 15,000 ft. is to facilitate slew to FL370, only. Use any convenient altitude for level-off. Make sure to set a speed of 260 kts. with the FL370 altitude on the IOS panel. Note: Explain to the crew that the reposition will take place, and have them set the MCP altitude prior to reposition. Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL370.” 14. Reposition to FL370. 15. Amended Clearance / Re-Route Note: “Boeing 33, amended clearance. Advise ready to copy.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.32 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B REFERENCE Note: “Boeing 33, proceed present position direct Roseburg VOR (RBG), J143 Point Reyes (PYE), Point Reyes 1 arrival (PYE.PYE1). Maintain FL370.” CRUISE Note: Provide SFO ATIS information to crew. Note: Inform crew that the aircraft will be repositioned to approximately ENI, then execute the reposition. 16. Enter Arrival Procedure 17. RTA at PYE • Progress Page 18. CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING — OR — Rapid Depressurization QRH NNC.2 FCTM Ch8 • Memory Items • CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING or Rapid Depressurization Checklist Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). Note: Choose an appropriate altitude, based on terrain clearance. “Boeing 33, descend ___. Altimeter 29.85.” Note: Monitor crew CRM and radio/interphone communications. DESCENT 19. Emergency Descent • Memory Items • Emergency Descent Checklist QRH NNC.0 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.33 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Emergency Descent Checklist states to descend to “the lowest safe altitude or 10,000 feet, whichever is higher.” Crew should ask ATC what the MSA is in the sector. Note: Verify MSA before providing the following clearance. “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 10,000.” 20. Prepare for approach into KSFO • RNAV (GPS) RWY 28R Approach • FMC Entries OM 11.43 Note: “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach, 134.5.” Note: After Point Reyes (PYE), have crew descend and maintain 6,000. Note: Before PYE, clear crew direct to KOAK, then provide vectors for the RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R Approach. 21. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 Note: “Descend and maintain 4,000. Turn XXXX heading ___, vector for RNAV Zulu 28 Right Approach.” (vector as necessary to set up for the approach). Note: Prior to KOAK, activate the LOSS OF SYSTEM B Non-Normal. 22. LOSS OF SYSTEM B QRH NNC.13, FCTM Ch 8 • LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist • Deferred Items Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.34 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B REFERENCE Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making, Workload Management and Communications). APPROACH and LANDING 23. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist 24. Non-ILS Approach - RNAV (GPS) Z RWY 28R Approach • Approach to be flown in LNAV/VNAV or IAN, if installed • Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD FCTM Ch 5 QRH MAN.2 25. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, _____ miles from AXMUL. Turn right heading _____, intercept the final approach course. Maintain 4,000 until established. Cleared RNAV Zulu Runway 28 Right Approach. Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.” MISSED APPROACH 26. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and crew coordination. Give guidance as needed. Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading, vectors for the ILS RWY 28 Right Approach. Climb and maintain 4,000.” Note: Clear all malfunctions to enable Autoland. Assist crew, as needed, to reposition switches after malfunctions have been cleared. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.35 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE CLIMB 27. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist Note: After the Missed Approach, provide appropriate vectors to intercept the localizer for the ILS 28R Approach. DESCENT 28. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 29. Prepare for approach into KSFO • ILS RWY 28R • FMC Entries 30. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 APPROACH and LANDING 31. SOURCE OFF • SOURCE OFF Checklist QRH NNC.6 Note: SOURCE OFF used as a reason to have crew start APU in preparation for the APU fire after landing. Note: Give vectors necessary to allow crew the sufficient time to handle the Non-Normals. 32. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist Note: “Turn right heading ___, intercept the LOC, cleared ILS Runway 28R Approach. Maintain 4,000 until established. Contact Tower 120.5 at AXMUL.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.36 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B REFERENCE 33. ILS RWY 28R Approach • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 34. Landing Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Autoland OM NP.21 OM 4.20 Note: Initiate APU FIRE while on Landing roll. Note: APU FIRE and Evacuation are grouped together as one scenario. Note: “Boeing 33, smoke and flames are coming from your tail!” 35. APU FIRE • APU FIRE Checklist – Fire will not extinguish QRH NNC.8 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 36. EVACUATION QRH Back Cover; FCTM Ch 8 • EVACUATION Checklist Note: Simulate VHF communications with ATC. Note: Check for CRM and correct completion of the checklists. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.37 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7 Full Flight Simulator Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.38 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7 Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 3-7.39 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7 Full Flight Simulator Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 3-7.40 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 FLIGHT LESSONS TYPE RATING TRAINING 737-700/800 Flight Lessons Copyright © 2010 The Boeing Company All Rights Reserved Document Number: 737NG-T1-IG Revision Number: 13 Revision Date: June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-0.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 1 4-1 FFS Lesson 1 DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, which begins and ends at Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA). The crew performs Normal Procedures, including all Preflight Procedures. Emphases are on all Normal Procedures, ground handling techniques, CRM, and manual flight characteristics. Introductory Topics: • Flight characteristics of the 737NG LESSON OBJECTIVES • Improve skill level at performing flight activities • Perform Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Perform manual flight control: – Manual ILS – Visual approaches – Full stop landings ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY Pilots should be proficient with all flows, Normal Procedures, and Checklists, for all phases of flight. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-1.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KSEA) ORIGIN: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 16L ROUTE: ELMAA__.ELMAA Direct VICTORIA (YYJ), direct PAINE (PAE) DEPARTURE: ELMAA____ CRZ ALT.: 10,000 ft ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 128,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 18,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +6 ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) FLAPS: 5 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: 10,000 ft COST INDEX: 20 CG: 24.4% 737-800 GW: 153,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 18,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +6 ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) FLAPS: 5 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: 10,000 ft COST INDEX: 20 CG: 24.4% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-1.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 1 WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 150/08 TEMPERATURE: 20C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 16C ALTIMETER: 30.00 SKY COND: 2000 OVC ILS RWY 16L in use Landing and Departing RWY 16L, RWY 16C, and RWY 16R CLEARANCE Boeing 33 is cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport via the ELMAA ____ Departure, as filed. Maintain 10,000. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-1.3 4-1.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 KSEA (Day) 0 ROLL MODES PITCH MODES 20 30 TAKEOFF PRACTICE 40 50 10,000' F/S 1:00 TIME 10 F/S 20 30 F/S AND T/O 3,000' 40 F/S 2:00 KSEA (Day) 50 AFTER LANDING VISUAL TRAFFIC PATTERN RWY 16L SHUT DOWN VISUAL/ILS 16L (MAN, NO F/D) VISUAL/ILS 16L (MAN, WITH F/D) ILS 16L SEA DUAL CHANNEL (AP/AT, NO F/D) STEEP TURNS ROLL RATES (WITH AND W/O SPEED BRAKES) ACCEL/DECEL DEMO CLIMB SPEEDS PITCH MODES W/ INTERMEDIATE LEVEL-OFFS TAXI NORMAL START COLD 10 AIRPLANE 15 20 30 40 Lesson 1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile Full Flight Simulator PROFILE Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 1 REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN PREFLIGHT Note: Position airplane on the ramp, not at a gate (no pushback this lesson). 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure 3. Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 1 4. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefings • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 2 QRH NC 1 ENGINE START 6. Engine Start Procedure • Normal Engine Start Procedure OM NP.21 7. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Note: “Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, taxi via Bravo. Hold short runway 16 Left at Charlie.” TAXI Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 9. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-1.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE 10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, line up and wait.” Note: Save FMC data prior to takeoff (FMC Data Retain on IOS panel). TAKEOFF Note: LNAV will not work with data retained. Provide an initial takeoff clearance to maintain runway heading after takeoff using HDG SEL. Note: Complete takeoffs for proficiency, as required. Note: “Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.” TAKEOFF #1 – RWY 16L TAKEOFF #2 – RWY 16L 11. Do not arm LNAV or VNAV OM 11.42, NP.21 12. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41 • • • • Directional control Rotation rate and target pitch attitude Flight Mode Annunciators (FMAs) Continue normal takeoff until gear and flaps completely retracted. Note: After the crew has completely retracted the gear and flaps after each takeoff, reposition to the takeoff position and verify takeoff configuration. TAKEOFF #3 – RWY 16L 13. Arm LNAV/VNAV OM 11.42, NP.21 14. Takeoff Procedure • Directional control • Rotation rate and target pitch attitude QRH MAN.2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-1.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 1 REFERENCE • Flight Mode Annunciators (FMAs) • Normal takeoff – continue departure CLIMB Note: Continue pitch and power demonstration for all phases of flight and configurations, as discussed in the brief. Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” 15. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain 10,000.” Note: Review autothrottle, roll, and pitch modes during climb with intermediate level-offs. CRUISE 16. Acceleration to and deceleration from VMO OM 4.20 17. Demonstration • Roll rates with/without speedbrakes extended 18. Steep turns FTCM Ch 7 Note: Provide vectors for the ILS Runway 16L Approach. DESCENT 19. Descent Clearance provided by ATC Note: Use the QRH to demonstrate the use of pitch and power settings from clean to final approach. 20. Prepare for approach to KSEA • ILS RWY 16L • FMC Entries OM 11.43 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-1.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Full Flight Simulator 21. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing. • DESCENT Checklist. REFERENCE OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 Note: Review autothrottle, roll, and pitch modes. APPROACH and LANDING 22. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist QRH NC 3 APPROACH #1 23. ILS RWY 16L Approach • Dual-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD OFF 24. LANDING Procedure. • LANDING Checklist • Autoland OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 6 OM 4.20 Note: Emphasize flare and landing visual picture. AFTER LANDING 25. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: After landing, reposition to 5 to 7 mile final approach outside the FAF. APPROACH #2 26. ILS RWY 16L Approach QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Manual approach with FD ON 27. LANDING Procedure. • LANDING Checklist • Manual landing OM NP.21, SP.4 FCTM Ch 6 OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-1.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 1 REFERENCE Note: Emphasize flare and landing visual picture. AFTER LANDING 28. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21.82 Note: After landing, reposition to 5 to 7 mile final approach outside the FAF, configured to land. APPROACH #3 29. ILS RWY 16L Approach QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Manual approach with FD OFF 30. LANDING Procedure. • LANDING Checklist • Manual landing OM NP.21, SP.4 FCTM Ch 6 OM NP.21 Note: Emphasize flare and landing visual picture. AFTER LANDING 31. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Reposition to takeoff position runway 16L and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: Provide a clearance to the crew that instructs them to fly runway heading after takeoff, climb and maintain 3,000 feet, and to expect a Visual Approach for RWY 16L. 32. FMC Entries 33. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 Note: “Boeing 33, runway 16 Left, cleared for takeoff.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-1.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE TAKEOFF 34. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.41, NP.21 CLIMB 35. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 DESCENT 36. Descent Clearance provided by ATC. 37. Prepare for approach into KSEA • Visual approaches to RWY 16L • FMC Entries OM NP.21 OM 11.43 Note: Use the various tools available in the flight deck to conduct a Visual Approach. 38. Descent Procedure • DESCENT Checklist. QRH NC 3 APPROACH and LANDING 39. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist QRH NC 3 40. Visual traffic pattern RWY 16L FCTM Ch 5 41. Landing Procedure. • LANDING Checklist • Manual landing OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 42. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 43. After Landing Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-1.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 1 REFERENCE Note: Additional approaches and landings, time permitting. Note: If time is a factor, after the After Landing Procedure is complete, shutdown on the taxiway in lieu of taxiing to the gate. SHUTDOWN / SECURE 44. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21 45. SECURE Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the second profile only) BREAK: 15 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-1.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Full Flight Simulator Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-1.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 1 Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-1.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 1 Full Flight Simulator Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-1.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 4-2 FFS Lesson 2 DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, which begins at Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) and ends at Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH). The crew performs Normal Procedures and selected Non-Normal Procedures. Emphasis is on upset recovery, engine inoperative flight characteristics, and engine failure procedures at or above V1 during takeoff. Introductory Topics: • Rejected Takeoff • Upset Recovery • TCAS • Engine-out procedures and handling LESSON OBJECTIVES • Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities • Integrate selected Normal and Non-Normal Procedures • Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Perform Procedures and handling for engine-out at or above V1 during takeoff ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY Increased proficiency with respect to airplane control, levels of automation, and handling of non-normal situations. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KMWH) ORIGIN: Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 16L ROUTE: MONTN__.MONTN Direct SEA V2 ELN DEPARTURE: MOUNTAIN ____ CRZ ALT.: FL190 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 128,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 18,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +6 ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 50C CRZ ALT: FL190 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 20 CG: 18.9% 737-800 GW: 153,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 18,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +6 ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 52C CRZ ALT: FL190 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 20 CG: 18.9% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-2.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 220/10 TEMPERATURE: 20C VISIBILITY: 6 DEWPOINT: 17C ALTIMETER: 30.03 SKY COND: OVC020 ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use Departing RWY 16L and 16C WEATHER (KMWH) WIND: 290/11 TEMPERATURE: 24C VISIBILITY: 4 DEWPOINT: 18C ALTIMETER: 30.22 SKY COND: OVC010 ILS RWY 32R in use Landing and Departing RWY 32R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Moses Lake International Airport, via the MOUNTAIN ____ Departure, as filed. Maintain 9,000. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.3 4-2.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KSEA (Day) 0 20 INTRO TO RTO T/O RWY 16L W/ X-WINDS ENGINES RUNNING - HOLD SHORT OF RWY 16L 30 UPSET RECOVERY PRACTICE - NOSE LOW (2) - NOSE HIGH (3) 40 50 17,000' 1:00 TIME 10 M/A OR REJ LNDG 20 SE F/S 30 40 SE F/S 2:00 KMWH (Day) 50 ILS RWY 32R ENG INOP ENG FAIL FAM ENG ENG FAIL FIRE SHUT DOWN ENG INOP ENG FAIL AFTER AFTER V1 LANDING ILS RWY 32R APPROACH TO STALL PRACTICE STALL RECOVERIES (3) ILS RWY 32R TCAS EVENT FMC FAILURE Lesson 2 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile Full Flight Simulator PROFILE Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding short of runway 16L. TAXI 1. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 2. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, Cleared for Takeoff.” TAKEOFF #1 – RWY 16L Note: Instructor Directed and Planned RTO to be accomplished at 100 kts. This is an instructional RTO to emphasize sequence of actions, call outs and crew duties in area of responsibility. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 4. Introduction to RTO QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 3 • RTO considerations (speed, wind direction, communications) • RTO Procedure • Appropriate checklist • Brake energy - QRH QRH MAN.1 PI-QRH.11 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Emphasize a methodical, controlled rejected takeoff and call outs. Note: After stopping, reposition to the takeoff position, runway 16L. 5. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 TAKEOFF #2 – RWY 16L 6. Arm LNAV/VNAV OM 11.42.2, NP.21 7. Takeoff Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff FCTM Ch 3; OM 11.32 • Crosswind CLIMB 8. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 9. Climb using LNAV and VNAV OM 4.10, 4.20, 11.41 Note: Verify that “Flight Freeze” is active on the URT IOS page. 10. Upset Recovery Training QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 7 Note: For the Upset Recovery Training: • Scenario 1: Nose High – Beginning at approximately 5,000 feet. – Recover using nose-down elevator only • Scenario 2: Nose High – Beginning at approximately 7,000 feet. – Recover using nose-down elevator and ailerons. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-2.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 REFERENCE • Scenario 3: Nose High – Beginning at approximately 9,000 feet. – Recover using thrust reduction only. • Scenario 4: Nose Low – Beginning at approximately 14,000 feet. – Recover using a combination of thrust, ailerons, elevator, and speedbrake, as required. • Scenario 5: Nose Low – Beginning between 8,000 and 14,000 feet. – Recover by using thrust, ailerons, and elevator, as required. Note: If training time permits, the instructor should allow the pilot-in-training to use all three techniques to effect a recovery. The instructor should place the airplane in a position similar to the previous iterations with some small bank angle already achieved. Stabilizer trim should be as much nose up as possible. Allow the student to use all available techniques to recover the airplane. • Upon completion of the upset recovery training, set thrust, trim, and speedbrake for level, stable flight. Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 1XX.XX.” Note: Upon completion of upset recovery training, provide vectors to intercept Victor airway 2 (V2), and have crew climb and maintain new cruise altitude of 17,000 feet. CRUISE Note: Activate the failure of the left FMC. If the customer has the single FMC option, accomplish this Non-Normal at the instructor’s discretion. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making, Workload Management priorities and Communications). 11. FMC FAIL (Left) • FMC FAIL Checklist QRH NNC 11 Note: Clear the FMC FAIL malfunction after this non-normal is discussed and the checklist is complete. Note: Ensure KMWH ATIS is available for the crew. Note: Activate a TCAS event (RA) after reaching cruise flight. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 12. TCAS Event QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 7 DESCENT Note: Provide vectors and descent for ILS RWY 32R Approach to incorporate the stall series. Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain ____. Expect ILS Runway 32 Right Approach at Moses Lake.” 13. Descent Clearance provided by ATC. 14. Prepare for approach into KMWH • ILS RWY 32R • FMC Entries QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 OM 11.43 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-2.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 15. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist. REFERENCE OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 APPROACH and LANDING Note: Accomplish approach to stall series during downwind, base, and final approach vectored legs for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. Accomplish either a missed approach or rejected landing after the third stall recovery on final approach. 16. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist QRH NC 3 Note: “Boeing 33, in event of Missed Approach, fly runway heading, climb and maintain 6,000.” 17. ILS RWY 32R Approach QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 • Autopilot Approach with FD • Manual thrust (no autothrottles) OM NP.21, SP.4 FCTM Ch 5 18. Approach to Stall Series • Stall Recovery 1 – downwind leg following a LVL CHG descent, flaps up, speed brake at flight detent • Stall Recovery 2 – turn to base leg, flaps 5 • Stall Recovery 3 – established on final approach, landing configuration QRH MAN 1 19. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist. OM NP.21 QRH NC 3 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE MISSED APPROACH 20. Missed Approach Procedure or Rejected Landing QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and crew coordination. Give guidance as needed. CLIMB 21. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: After the Missed Approach, provide appropriate vectors for another ILS Runway 32R Approach. DESCENT 22. Prepare for approach into KMWH • ILS RWY 32R in use • FMC Entries OM 11.43 23. Descent Clearance provided by ATC. Note: After crew has accomplished the Approach briefing and checklist and are descending to 4,000 ft., activate the engine failure. Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 4,000.” Note: Discuss the need for Situational Awareness, Workload Management and other CRM Attributes necessary to accomplish this task. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-2.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 24. Engine Failure Familiarization • Discuss indications, impact of thrust changes. • Engine-out maneuvering with and without the autopilot. • Rudder and trim considerations. • Engine Failure Checklist. • One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist REFERENCE OM 4.20 QRH NNC 7 25. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Deferred Items 26. Descent Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing APPROACH and LANDING 27. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 28. ILS RWY 32R Approach • Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 • Note pitch attitudes and power settings at all flap positions 29. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Engine-Inop, manual landing. FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 30. Landing Roll Procedure • Single thrust reverser OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing. Note: Reposition to takeoff position runway 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Full Flight Simulator 31. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist REFERENCE OM NP.21 Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 32 Right, line up and wait.” TAKEOFF Note: Save FMC data prior to takeoff (FMC Data Retain on IOS panel). Note: LNAV/VNAV will not work with data retained. Provide an initial takeoff clearance to maintain runway heading after takeoff using HDG SEL. Note: Activate an engine failure to occur at or above V1. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). TAKEOFF #1 – RWY 32R TAKEOFF #2 – RWY 32R 32. Do not arm LNAV or VNAV 33. Takeoff Procedure with Engine Failure at or above V1 • • • • • • OM 11.42, NP.21 QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20, NP.21; FCTM Ch 3 Crew coordination Rudder required for directional control Runway centerline Rotation rate and target pitch attitude Trim requirements Flight director use Note: Continue engine-out profile to clean maneuver speed, if crew control of aircraft permits. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-2.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 REFERENCE Note: After Takeoff #1, reposition for Takeoff #2 with Engine Failure (or Engine Severe Damage, as desired) at or above V1 for a minimum of 3 engine-out profiles. Note: Set simulator weather for non-precision approach minimums prior to Takeoff #2. TAKEOFF #3 – RWY 32R 34. Takeoff Procedure with ENGINE FIRE at or above V1 • • • • • QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 Rudder required for directional control Runway centerline Rotation rate and target pitch attitude Trim requirements Flight director use Note: Use an ENGINE FIRE on Takeoff #3, and have the crew continue the climb. Provide radar vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. 35. ENGINE FIRE NNC Memory Items in the TAKEOFF section before the CLIMB section and the ENGINE FIRE or Severe Damage Checklist. CLIMB 36. ENGINE FIRE Checklist QRH NNC 8 37. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 DESCENT 38. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Deferred Items Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 4,000. Expect ILS Runway 32 Right Approach at Moses Lake.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE 39. Descent Clearance provided by ATC. 40. Prepare for approach into KMWH • ILS RWY 32R • FMC Entries OM 11.43 41. Descent Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing APPROACH and LANDING 42. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 43. ILS RWY 32R Approach • Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 • Note pitch attitudes and power settings at all flap positions 44. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Engine-Inop, manual landing QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 45. Landing Roll Procedure • Single thrust reverser OM NP.21 46. After Landing Procedure Note: Clear the runway, then accomplish the After Landing Procedure and Shutdown Procedure on the taxiway, time permitting. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-2.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 REFERENCE SHUTDOWN / SECURE 47. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist 48. SECURE Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the second profile only) QRH NC 3; OM NP.21 QRH NC 4; OM NP.21 BREAK: 15 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Full Flight Simulator Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-2.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 2 Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-2.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 2 Full Flight Simulator Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-2.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 3 4-3 FFS Lesson 3 DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, which begins at Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) with Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) as the intended destination. During the flight, a diversion back to MWH becomes necessary. The crew performs Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures, including a non-ILS, circling approach. Emphases are on engine-inoperative approach, missed approach, and landing procedures. Introductory Topics: • Engine out procedures and handling for approach and landing LESSON OBJECTIVES • Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities • Integrate selected Normal and Non-Normal Procedures • Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Perform engine out procedures and handling at or after V1 and during approach, missed approach, and landing ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY Increased proficiency with respect to airplane control, levels of automation, and handling of non-normal situations. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-3.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KSEA) ORIGIN: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) RUNWAY: 32R ROUTE: Direct EPH, EPHRATA ____ Arrival DEPARTURE: None CRZ ALT.: FL200 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 130,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +11 ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 48C CRZ ALT: FL200 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 25 CG: 20.0% 737-800 GW: 155,000 lbs (70,455 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 20,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +11 ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 50C CRZ ALT: FL200 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 25 CG: 20.0% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 3 WEATHER (KMWH) Note: Set dusk conditions in the simulator with maximum intensity runway lighting to facilitate easier circling approaches. WIND: 020/15 TEMPERATURE: 24C VISIBILITY: 4 DEWPOINT: 21C ALTIMETER: 30.12 SKY COND: OVC008 ILS RWY 32R in use Landing and Departing RWY 32R WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 300/15 TEMPERATURE: 20C VISIBILITY: 6 DEWPOINT: 18C SKY COND: BKN015, OVC030 ALTIMETER: 30.03 Landing and Departing RWY 34R CLEARANCE Boeing 33 is cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport, via direct EPH, as filed. Maintain 10,000. Departure frequency 126.4. Contact Moses Lake Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-3.3 4-3.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KMWH (Day) 0 20 30 T/O RWY 32R W/ X-WIND RTO (LOW SPEED) ENGINES RUNNING FL 200 WHEEL WELL FIRE 40 50 6,000’ 1:00 TIME F/S 10 CIRCLE TO LAND W/ X-WIND FLAPS 1 T/O W/ V1 CUT (ENG INOP) 20 30 SE M/A SE ILS 32R FLAPS 5 T/O W/ ENG SEVERE DAMAGE, V1 CUT HOLD EXERCISE PRIOR TO APPROACH VOR-1 RWY 14L, CIRCLE 32R 40 SE F/S 2:00 KMWH (Day) 50 SHUT DOWN RTO EXERCISES SE VISUAL RWY 32R APPROACH Lesson 3 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KMWH (Day) 0 20 30 T/O RWY 32R W/ X-WIND RTO (LOW SPEED) ENGINES RUNNING SOURCE OFF/NO ELECTRIC FROM APU AVAILABLE FL 200 40 50 6,000’ 1:00 TIME F/S 10 CIRCLE TO LAND W/ X-WIND FLAPS 1 T/O W/ V1 CUT (ENG INOP) 20 30 SE M/A SE ILS 32R FLAPS 5 T/O W/ ENG SEVERE DAMAGE, V1 CUT HOLD EXERCISE PRIOR TO APPROACH RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22, CIRCLE 32R SE F/S 40 2:00 KMWH (Day) 50 SHUT DOWN RTO EXERCISES SE VISUAL RWY 32R APPROACH Full Flight Simulator 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Lesson 3 PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding short of runway 32R. TAXI 1. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC.2 Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 2. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance TAKEOFF Note: Emphasize a methodical, controlled rejected takeoff and call outs. 4. RTO QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 3 • Low speed Note: Reposition for another takeoff 5. Takeoff Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff • Arm LNAV/VNAV • Crosswind FCTM Ch 3; OM 11.32 OM 11.42, NP.21 FCTM Ch 3 CLIMB 6. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Profile 3A only: Activate a WHEEL WELL FIRE to occur above 10,000 ft. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 3 REFERENCE Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 7. Profile 3A only: WHEEL WELL FIRE after gear up • WHEEL WELL FIRE Checklist QRH NNC 8; FCTM Ch 8 Note: Clear Non-Normal after checklist complete Note: Profile 3B only: Activate a SOURCE OFF and APU Generator FAIL. 8. Profile 3B only: SOURCE OFF • SOURCE OFF Checklist • APU (when running) will not power electrical busses QRH NNC 6 DESCENT Note: Use one of the following two approaches with a circle-to-land. Choose a different approach for each Profile, and have the crew fly the full approach. • VOR-1 RWY 14L Approach, circle-to-land RWY 32R • RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 Approach, circle-toland RWY 32R 9. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 10. Prepare for Emergency Return to KMWH • Non-ILS (RNAV or VOR) Approaches in use with circle-to-land • FMC Entries OM SP.4; FCTM Ch 5 OM 11.43 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-3.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Select one from below: • “Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared direct EPH, descend and maintain 6,000. Expect…” (select one of the two approaches below) – Profile 3A only: “...VOR-1 RWY 14 Left Approach, circle RWY 32R” – Profile 3B only: “...RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 Approach, circle RWY 32R” 11. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist. OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 Note: Prior to EPH and after the VOR-1 RWY 14L Approach or the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 Approach has been entered into the FMC, clear the crew for the approach. Note: Prior to arriving at EPH, cancel the Approach Clearance, then... 12. Hold at EPH Note: “Boeing 33, hold NW of EPH on the 315 degree radial, left turns. Maintain 6,000. Expect further clearance at XXXX.” Note: Discuss Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management CRM Attributes required to accomplish the clearance modification. Note: Clear crew for approach after established in hold. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 3 REFERENCE APPROACH and LANDING 13. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist 14. Non-ILS Approach – VOR-1 RWY 14L Approach, circle RWY 32R or RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 Approach, circle RWY 32R QRH NC 3 FCTM Ch 5; OM SP.4, NP.21 • Single-channel, Autopilot Approach with FD • Full approach with procedure turn, arc, or hold Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making, Workload Management priorities and Communications). Note: Set weather to allow circling: 1000 OVC, 5 miles visibility, runway lighting, remove haze. Having the visual conditions as dusk instead of daytime will help the crew see runway lighting during the circle. Note: When appropriate, “Boeing 33, cleared to circle SW, report left base, RWY ____.” 15. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Crosswind • Manual landing OM NP.21 QRH NC 3 FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 16. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions. Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-3.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Full Flight Simulator 17. Before Takeoff Procedure • Flaps 1 takeoff • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist REFERENCE OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 TAKEOFF Note: Reset winds to 290/12 for single engine work. Note: Verify that crew does not arm LNAV or VNAV. Note: Retain FMC data for multiple takeoffs. Note: Activate an engine failure to occur at or above V1. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 18. Takeoff Procedure with Engine Failure Non-Normal at or above V1 • • • • • • QRH MAN 2, NNC 7; OM 4.20, NP.21; FCTM Ch 3 Crew coordination Flaps 1 takeoff Rudder required for directional control Trim requirements Rotation rate and target pitch attitude Flight director usage Note: Continue engine-out profile to clean maneuver speed, if crew control of aircraft permits. Note: Reposition for another takeoff. Activate the Engine Severe Damage malfunction to occur at or above V1. 19. Before Takeoff Procedure • Flaps 5 Takeoff • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 3 20. Takeoff Procedure with Engine Severe Damage Non-Normal at or above V1 • • • • • REFERENCE QRH MAN 2, NNC 7; OM 4.20, NP.21; FCTM Ch 3 Rudder required for directional control Trim requirements Rotation rate and target pitch attitude Flight director usage Crew coordination Note: After last takeoff with an engine failure/engine severe damage, have the crew continue the climb, and provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. 21. ENGINE SEVER DAMAGE NNC Memory Items in the TAKEOFF section before the CLIMB section and the ENGINE FIRE or Severe Damage Checklist. CLIMB 22. ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage Checklist QRH NNC 8 23. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 DESCENT 24. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Deferred Items 25. Prepare Emergency return to KMWH • ILS Approach RWY 32R in use • FMC Entries QRH NNC 2; FCTM Ch 7 OM 11.43 Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 4,000.” 26. Descent Clearance provided by ATC Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-3.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Full Flight Simulator 27. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing REFERENCE OM NP.21 APPROACH and LANDING 28. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 29. ILS RWY 32R Approach • Engine-Inop, manual approach with FD 30. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Engine-Inop, manual landing QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 OM NP.21 QRH NC 3 MISSED APPROACH 31. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN 2; OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 5 • Engine Inop Note: Increase simulator weather to allow for a visual approach (CAVOK). Note: Instruct crew to fly the published missed approach, then prior to entering the published hold, provide appropriate vectors for the visual approach to RWY 32R. Note: “Boeing 33, report the runway in sight.” CLIMB 32. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, expect a visual approach to RWY 32R Approach at Moses Lake.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 3 REFERENCE DESCENT 33. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 34. Prepare for approach to KMWH • Visual Approach RWY 32R in use • FMC Entries OM 11.43 Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 4,000.” 35. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 36. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing OM NP.21 APPROACH and LANDING 37. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 38. Visual RWY 32R Approach • Engine Inop, manual approach with FD 39. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Engine Inop, manual landing QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 40. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. 41. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-3.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE TAKEOFF (RTO EXERCISES) Note: Selecting an RTO exercise positions airplane on centerline using current field conditions and gross weight for a balanced field length condition. Note: Instructor will confirm that the FMC V-speeds and weights match those generated at the IOS. Note: Use Flight Freeze as needed to emphasize RTO-related teaching points. Note: Balance fuel, if needed, prior to beginning the RTO exercises. Note: Review RTO Procedures/ exercises. 42. Runs 1 and 2 • Run 1: – Engine fail V1, minus 5 knots, manual braking – Timely engine failure recognition and PM call – Pedal force and direction control with max manual braking • Run 2: – Engine fail V1, minus 5 knots, autobrakes – Timely initiation of RTO – Recognizing the effectiveness of autobraking relative to max manual braking Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 3 REFERENCE 43. Runs 3, 4, and 5 • Run 3: – Engine fail V1, minus 5 knots, wet runway, no V1 corrections, manual braking • Run 4: – Engine fail V1, minus 5 knots, wet runway, with V1 corrections, manual braking • Run 5: – Engine fail at or above V1, takeoff continued – Go/No Go decision close to V1 – Screen height over end of runway SHUTDOWN / SECURE 44. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the second profile only) 45. SECURE Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the second profile only) QRH NC 3; OM NP.21 QRH NC 4; OM NP.21 Note: Reposition aircraft to hold short position for next leg. Reset aircraft weights. BREAK: 15 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-3.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Full Flight Simulator Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 3 Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-3.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 3 Full Flight Simulator Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-3.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 4-4 FFS Lesson 4 DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has two, night flight profiles, both which begin at Moses Lake International (KMWH) and end at Seattle-Tacoma International (KSEA). The crew performs Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures with emphasis on secondary flight control malfunctions. Additional emphases are on Cold Weather Operations and Supplementary Procedures. Introductory Topics: • Operations in icing conditions • Secondary flight control malfunctions LESSON OBJECTIVES • Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities • Integrate selected Normal and Non-Normal Procedures • Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Perform Normal Procedures to the required level of proficiency while performing secondary flight control Non-Normal Procedures (flaps) • Perform Supplementary Procedures related to Cold Weather Operations ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY • Proficiency in performing airplane operations in adverse weather conditions. • Proficiency in performing flap non-normal approaches. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-4.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KSEA) ORIGIN: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) RUNWAY: 32R ROUTE: Direct EPH, EPHRATA ____ Arrival DEPARTURE: None CRZ ALT.: FL200 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Seattle-Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE Note: Inform crew that the runway is wet (a wet runway is a subset of slippery) with good braking action, but the taxiway is contaminated with ½ inch slush. There is no snow or ice accumulation on the aircraft, and de-icing is not required. 737-700 GW: 135,000 lbs (60,455 kgs) RUNWAY: Slippery FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: -17 ZFW: 113,000 lbs (51,364 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB 5,000 lbs (2,273 kgs) FLAPS: RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL200 COST INDEX: 50 5 (Profile 4A), 15 (Profile 4B) CG: 20.4% 737-800 GW: 152,000 lbs (68,182 kgs) RUNWAY: Slippery FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: -17 ZFW: 130,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB 5,000 lbs (2,273 kgs) FLAPS: 5 (Profile 4A), RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL200 COST INDEX: 50 15 (Profile 4B) CG: 20.4% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 WEATHER (KMWH) – NIGHT FLIGHT WIND: 230/10 TEMPERATURE: -5C VISIBILITY: 1, light snow DEWPOINT: -8C ALTIMETER: 29.86 SKY COND: OVC005, OVC030 (break out at 15,000 ft) ILS RWY 32R in use Landing and Departing RWY 32R WEATHER (KSEA) – NIGHT FLIGHT WIND: 200/23G29 TEMPERATURE: 3C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: -1C SKY COND: SCT041 SCT080 ALTIMETER: 29.85 ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use Landing and Departing RWY 16L and 16R CLEARANCE Boeing 33 is cleared to Seattle-Tacoma International Airport, via direct EPH, as filed. Climb and maintain 10,000. Contact Moses Lake Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-4.3 4-4.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KMWH (Night) 0 20 COLD WX OPERATIONS PREFLIGHT 30 LE FLAPS TRANSIT 40 50 1:00 TIME F/S 10 M/A 20 F/S ILS 32R APPROACH 30 F/S 40 50 KMWH (Night) F/S 2:00 SHUT DOWN AFTER LANDING STAB TRIM INOP ILS 32R MANUAL REVERSION DEMO ILS 32R DRIVE WING-BODY OVERHEAT RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 OR RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 14L TE FLAP ASYMMETRY (1-0) TE FLAP ASYMMETRY (1-5) ILS 32R APPROACH, G/S OUT OF SERVICE (PT) Lesson 4 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KMWH (Night) 0 20 30 T/O CONFIG WARN/TAXI 40 TE FLAPS DISAGREE ENG. COWL VALVE OPEN OR TAI INDICATION COLD WX OPERATIONS PREFLIGHT 50 F/S 1:00 TIME 10 20 M/A 30 F/S ILS 32R APPROACH STAB TRIM INOP 40 50 2:00 KMWH (Night) F/S AFTER LANDING SHUT DOWN MANUAL REVERSON DEMO ILS 32R RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 OR RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 14L TE FLAP ASYMMETRY (1-0) ILS 32R APPROACH, G/S OUT OF SERVICE (PT) Full Flight Simulator 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Lesson 4 PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN PREFLIGHT 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure 3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 1 4. Obtain ATC Clearance Note: Discuss the need for effective Communications and Resource Management while completing Supplementary Procedures and coordinating with ground personnel. BEFORE START 5. Before Start Procedure • Cold weather considerations and crew communications inside and outside the flight deck • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefing • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 2 QRH NC 1 ENGINE START Note: Remind crew that confirming with Ground personnel that the steering lockout pin is in place for pushback (removed for taxi out). 6. Engine Start Procedure • Cold Weather Operations – Engine Start Supplementary Procedure OM NP.21 OM SP.16 Note: Profile 4B only: Prior to the crew turning on the Engine Anti-Ice, fail the engine cowl valve on one engine. Clear malfunction with increased thrust per SP.16. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 REFERENCE 7. Engine Anti-Ice Operation – On the Ground OM SP.16 8. Profile 4B only: ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN or TAI INDICATION • ENGINE COWL VALVE OPEN OR TAI INDICATION Checklist QRH NNC 3 9. Wing Anti-Ice Operation – On the Ground OM SP.16 10. Before Taxi Procedure • Cold Weather Taxi Operations • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 OM SP.16 QRH NC 2 11. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, taxi via Alpha. Hold short runway 32 Right at Alpha.” TAXI Note: Inform crew of taxiway contamination. Crew should taxi flaps up. Note: Profile 4B only: When applying power to taxi, demonstrate the TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION Warning while taxiing. 12. Profile 4B only: TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION Warning • Demonstration, only OM 15.20 Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 13. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 14. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, line up and wait.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-4.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Remind crew of the engine run-up requirements stated in the Cold Weather Operations Takeoff Supplementary Procedure. TAKEOFF – RWY 32R 15. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21 • Profile 4A only: Flaps 5 takeoff • Profile 4B only: Flaps 15 takeoff CLIMB Note: Ensure effective Decision Making Attributes are applied with the following Non-Normals. Note: Profile 4A only: Activate LE Flaps Transit malfunction. Clear malfunction after flaps retracted to UP. Note: Profile 4B only: Activate the “TE Flap CTL Valve Fail” on the IOS panel at Flaps 5. Keep this malfunction active until landing. 16. Climb in Icing Conditions to 12,000 ft OM SP.16; FCTM Ch 4 Note: “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” 17. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist 18. Select per profile below: • Profile 4A only: LEADING EDGE FLAPS TRANSIT – LEADING EDGE FLAPS TRANSIT Checklist • Profile 4B only: Trailing Edge Flaps Disagree – Trailing Edge Flaps Disagree Checklist - Deferred Items QRH NC 2 QRH NNC 9; OM 9; FCTM Ch 8 QRH NNC 9 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 REFERENCE Note: Encourage effective use of Resource Management skills while contacting "company" for guidance on destination change. DESCENT Note: “Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared direct PELLY. Expect the ILS RWY 32R Approach to Moses Lake.” Note: “Boeing 33, ILS 32 Right glide slope out of service. Cleared for the ILS RWY 32 Right Approach, glide slope out of service. Cross PELLY at or above 4,000. Report PT inbound.” 19. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 20. Prepare for Return to KMWH • ILS 32R Approach, GS out of service • FMC Entries OM 11.43 21. Select per profile below: Note: Emphasize the need for strong Situational Awareness and Workload Management considerations while accomplishing the Checklist Deferred Items. • Profile 4A only: Descent Procedure – APPROACH REF page – Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing – DESCENT Checklist • Profile 4B only: DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the Trailing Edge Flaps Disagree Checklist – APPROACH REF page OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-4.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE APPROACH and LANDING 22. Select per profile below: • Profile 4A only: APPROACH Procedure – APPROACH Checklist • Profile 4B only: APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the Trailing Edge Flaps Disagree Checklist QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 QRH NC 3 Note: Profile 4A only: Activate TE Flap Asymmetry malfunction on extension between flaps 1-5. 23. Profile 4A only: Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry (1-5) • Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist – Deferred Items 24. Non-ILS Approach – ILS 32R Approach, GS out of service • Manual Approach with FD QRH NNC 9 QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 • Full procedure approach with procedure turn or hold OM NP.21 25. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the Non-Normal Checklist (Both profile 4A and 4B) • Manual landing FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 26. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing. Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 REFERENCE Note: The next approach is either the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 or the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 14L. Note: Profile 4A only: “Boeing 33, cleared direct MALEE. Climb and maintain 6,000. Expect the RNAV Yankee Runway 22 Approach to Moses Lake.” Note: Profile 4B only: “Boeing 33, cleared direct JUKRI. Climb and maintain 6,000. Expect the RNAV Yankee Runway 14 Left Approach to Moses Lake.” Note: For both Profiles 4A and 4B: Activate TE Flap Asymmetry malfunction on flap retraction between flaps 1-0. 27. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 28. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance TAKEOFF – RWY 32R 29. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 3 30. Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry (1-0) (Profiles 4A and 4B) • Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist – Deferred Items QRH NNC 9 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). CLIMB 31. Climb in Icing Conditions OM SP.16; FCTM Ch 4 32. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-4.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE DESCENT Note: For profile 4A: “Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared direct MALEE. Cleared the RNAV Y RWY 22 Approach to Moses Lake. Maintain 6,000 until established. Report PT inbound.” Note: For profile 4B: “Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared direct JUKRI. Cleared RNAV Y RWY 14 Left Approach to Moses Lake. Maintain 6,000 until established. Report procedure hold inbound.” Note: If additional time is needed by the crew to complete the Non-Normal Checklist and prepare for the approach, clear the crew to hold in lieu of the procedure turn at MALEE (JUKRI). 33. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 34. Prepare for approach to KMWH • Profile 4A only: RNAV (GPS) Y Runway 22 Approach • Profile 4B only: RNAV (GPS) Y Runway 14L Approach • FMC Entries OM 11.43 35. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the Trailing Edge Flaps Asymmetry Checklist • APPROACH REF page APPROACH and LANDING 36. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the Trailing Edge Flaps Asymmetry Checklist 37. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y Runway 22 or RNAV (GPS) Y Runway 14L Approach • Manual Approach with FD • Full approach with procedure turn or hold QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 REFERENCE 38. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the Trailing Edge Flaps Asymmetry Checklist MISSED APPROACH 39. Missed Approach Procedure OM NP.21 Note: “Boeing 33, fly the published missed approach. Climb and maintain 4,000. Expect vectors for the ILS Runway 32 Right Approach to Moses Lake.” Note: When level at 4,000 feet, clear all malfunctions, and provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. CLIMB 40. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Profile 4A only: Activate GEN DRIVE Malfunction. 41. Profile 4A only: Drive • Drive Checklist QRH NNC 6 Note: Profile 4A only: After APU on Bus, Activate WING BODY OVERHEAT. 42. Profile 4A only: WING-BODY OVERHEAT • WING-BODY OVERHEAT Checklist 43. Profile 4B only: Stabilizer Trim Inoperative • Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist – Deferred Items QRH NNC 2 QRH NNC 9 Note: Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Non-Normal for Profile 4A occurs later in the lesson. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-4.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE DESCENT 44. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 45. Prepare for Return to KMWH • ILS RWY 32R Approach • FMC Entries 46. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist • APPROACH REF page OM NP.21 OM 11.43 OM NP.21 APPROACH and LANDING 47. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist 48. ILS RWY 32R Approach • Manual approach with FD OM NP.21 QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 49. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist AFTER LANDING 50. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing. MANUAL REVERSION Demonstration Note: Remove wind and increase weather to VFR/ CAVOK. Note: Reposition to a 45 degree leg to final approach, runway 32R, then begin the manual reversion demonstration in the landing configuration (flaps 15, gear down), with all checklists complete. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 REFERENCE APPROACH and LANDING 51. Manual reversion approach and landing demonstration 52. ILS/Visual RWY 32R Approach • Manual Reversion Approach with FD QRH NNC 13; FCTM Ch 8 53. LANDING Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21; QRH NC 3 • Manual Reversion landing FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 54. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing. Note: Instructor reposition on final for all flaps up landing demonstration. Configure gear down, checklist complete (checklist briefed in briefing). Verify Vref 40+55 set in FMC. APPROACH and LANDING 55. Profile 4A only: Stabilizer Trim Inoperative • Stabilizer Trim Inoperative Checklist – Deferred Items QRH NNC 9 56. ILS RWY 32R Approach AFTER LANDING 57. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 58. After Landing Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-4.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE SHUTDOWN / SECURE 59. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist 60. SECURE Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the second profile only) QRH NC 3; OM NP.21 QRH NC 4; OM NP.21 BREAK: 15 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 4 Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-4.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 4 Full Flight Simulator Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-4.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 5 4-5 FFS Lesson 5 DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, beginning at Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) with an intended destination of Portland International Airport (KPDX). A diversion to Seattle-Tacoma International becomes necessary during the flight. The crew performs Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists. Emphases are on recovery from high altitude stalls, handling cabin depressurization and hydraulic system malfunctions, and escaping windshear. Introductory Topics: • High altitude stalls • Pressurization and hydraulic system malfunctions • Windshear LESSON OBJECTIVES • Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities • Demonstrate integration of selected Normal and Non-Normal Procedures • Perform Normal and selected pressurization and hydraulic Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Perform manual landings, Non-Normal Procedures, and use of checklists to the required level of proficiency • Perform high altitude stall recovery • Recognize and recover from multiple windshear events during takeoff and approach ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY • Proficiency in performing approach to stall recovery maneuvers. • Proficiency in performing emergency descent procedures. • Proficiency in performing the windshear escape maneuver. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-5.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KPDX) ORIGIN: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) ROUTE: Direct MWH J90 SEA HELNS ____ Arrival DEPARTURE: MOSES ____ CRZ ALT.: FL380 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Portland International (KPDX) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 135,000 lbs (61,364 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,364 kgs) ISA DEV: +9 ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB 8,000 lbs (3,636 kgs) FLAPS: 5 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL380 COST INDEX: 35 CG: 19.4% 737-800 GW: 150,000 lbs (68,182 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,364 kgs) ISA DEV: +9 ZFW: 125,000 lbs (56,818 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB 8,000 lbs (3,636 kgs) FLAPS: 5 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: FL380 COST INDEX: 35 CG: 19.4% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 5 WEATHER (KMWH) WIND: 305/10 TEMPERATURE: 22C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 19C ALTIMETER: 29.78 SKY COND: 6000 OVC ILS and RNAV Approaches RWY 32R in use Landing and Departing RWY 32R WEATHER (KPDX) WIND: 110/12 TEMPERATURE: 11C VISIBILITY: 7 DEWPOINT: 8C ALTIMETER: 29.86 SKY COND: 2,000 BKN, 3,500 OVC ILS RWY 10L in use Landing and Departing RWYs 10L and 10R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Portland International Airport via the MOSES ____ Departure, as filed. Maintain 14,000. Contact Moses Lake Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-5.3 4-5.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KMWH (Day) 0 20 GPWS T/O W/ X-WIND ENGINES RUNNING - HOLD SHORT OF RWY 32R PACK TRIP OFF 30 40 1:00 TIME F/S AND T/O 50 10 F/S 20 30 M/A 40 M/A 2:00 KSEA (Day) 50 AFTER LANDING SHUT DOWN VISUAL PATTERN RUNAWAY STAB ILS 34R W/ WINDSHEAR ON FINAL WINDSHEAR TRNG WINDSHEAR #1 WINDSHEAR #2 ILS 34R W/ WINDSHEAR ON FINAL RNAV (GPS) 34R LOSS OF SYSTEM A SPEED BRAKE DO NOT ARM HIGH ALT STALLS CABIN ALT WARN EMERGENCY DESCENT REPOSITION FL 380 ILS RWY 34R Lesson 5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KMWH (Day) 0 T/O W/ X-WIND GPWS 20 BLEED TRIP OFF ENGINES RUNNING - HOLD SHORT OF RWY 32R REPOSITION FL 380 30 HIGH ALT STALLS 40 1:00 TIME F/S AND T/O 50 10 F/S 20 30 M/A 40 M/A 2:00 KSEA (Day) 50 AFTER LANDING SHUT DOWN VISUAL PATTERN RUNAWAY STAB ILS 34R W/ WINDSHEAR ON FINAL ILS 34R W/ WINDSHEAR ON FINAL WINDSHEAR #2 WINDSHEAR #1 WINDSHEAR TRNG RNAV (GPS) 34R LOSS OF SYSTEM B SPEED BRAKE DO NOT ARM ILS 34R CABIN ALT WARN EMERGENCY DESCENT Full Flight Simulator 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Lesson 5 PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding short of RWY 32R. Do not taxi. PREFLIGHT 1. CDU Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 BEFORE START Note: Provide crew with their ATC Clearance, and have them begin the TAKEOFF briefing after the flight deck door has been closed. 2. Accomplish the TAKEOFF Briefing ENGINE START 3. Fast start accomplished by instructor 4. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 TAXI Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 5. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 6. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, line up and wait.” Note: Provide Takeoff Clearance followed by instructions to maintain 3,000 feet to facilitate a terrain GPWS event. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 5 REFERENCE TAKEOFF 7. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21 • Crosswind CLIMB Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 3,000 for traffic. Contact Departure.” 8. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, turn left heading _____ (NW), vector for traffic.” 9. GPWS (terrain avoidance) QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 7 Note: After terrain avoidance maneuvering is compete, “Boeing 33, cleared on course. Climb and maintain FL380. Contact Seattle Center, XXX.XX.” Note: Above 18,000 feet: • Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck) • Profile 5A only: Activate PACK TRIP OFF or PACK Non-Normal • Profile 5B only: Activate BLEED TRIP OFF Non-Normal Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-5.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE 10. Select per profile below: • Profile 5A only: PACK TRIP OFF (or PACK) – PACK TRIP OFF or PACK Checklist • Profile 5B only: BLEED TRIP OFF – BLEED TRIP OFF Checklist Note: Ensure Non-Normal resets before reposition. Note: Reposition to cruise altitude of FL380 in preparation for high altitude stall recovery training. CRUISE 11. High Altitude Maneuvering and Approach to Stall Recognition and Recovery FCTM Ch 7 Note: Activate the loss of cabin pressure malfunction on the IOS panel with the cabin uncontrollable. 12. CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING or Rapid Depressurization • Flight deck indications • Memory items • CABIN ALTITUDE WARNING or Rapid Depressurization Checklist QRH NNC 2; FCTM Ch 8 QRH NNC 2 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). DESCENT Note: MEA may initially be above 10,000 feet. Clear crew to an appropriate altitude for the emergency descent, and provide vectors towards Seattle. Clear crew to lower altitudes, when able. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 5 REFERENCE Note: Use the Non-Precision weather preset on the IOS panel for Seattle with wind 280 at 14, altimeter 29.87. 13. EMERGENCY DESCENT QRH NNC 2; FCTM Ch 7 • Memory Items • Use of autopilot • Emergency descent to lowest safe altitude or 10,000 feet, which ever is higher • EMERGENCY DESCENT Checklist 14. Diversion to KSEA Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct CIDUG. Expect the ILS Runway 34 Right Approach to Seattle.” Note: “Boeing 33, Seattle ATIS _____ current. Wind 280 at 14, altimeter 29.87. ILS Runways 34 Center and 34 Right in use.” Note: “Boeing 33, cleared direct CIDUG, expect vectors for the ILS 34 Right Approach to Seattle. Seattle altimeter 29.87.” 15. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 16. Prepare for approach to KSEA • ILS RWY 34R in use • FMC Entries – Change destination airport 17. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 Note: Crew should discuss landing weight considerations. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-5.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE APPROACH and LANDING 18. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist 19. SPEED BRAKE DO NOT ARM • SPEED BRAKE DO NOT ARM Checklist 20. ILS RWY 34R Approach • Manual Approach with FD 21. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Manual landing QRH NC 3 QRH NNC 9 QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 5 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 22. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing. Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 34R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: Set lower zero fuel weight (103,000 lbs or 46,818 kgs) to prevent an overweight landing after divert. 23. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 24. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, maintain runway heading. Climb and maintain 5,000 feet. Expect direct CIDUG for the RNAV RWY 34 Right Approach to Seattle.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 5 REFERENCE TAKEOFF – RWY 34R 25. Takeoff Procedure OM NP.21 CLIMB 26. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Profile 5A only: When level at 5,000 ft., activate LOSS OF SYSTEM A malfunction. Note: Profile 5B only: Activate LOSS OF SYSTEM B malfunction to occur after V1. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 27. Select per profile below: • Profile 5A only: LOSS OF SYSTEM A – LOSS OF SYSTEM A Checklist - Deferred Items • Profile 5B only: LOSS OF SYSTEM B – LOSS OF SYSTEM B Checklist - Deferred Items QRH NNC 13; FCTM Ch 8 QRH NNC 13; FCTM Ch 8 Note: Provide vectors for the approach to runway 34R. DESCENT 28. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 29. Prepare for approach into KSEA • RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R in use • FMC Entries OM SP.4 OM 11.43 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-5.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Full Flight Simulator 30. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the Non-Normal Checklist • APPROACH REF page REFERENCE QRH NC.3 APPROACH and LANDING 31. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the Non-Normal Checklist 32. Non-ILS Approach –RNAV (GPS) RWY 34R Approach FCTM Ch 5; OM SP.4, NP.21 • Autopilot or Manual Approach with FD 33. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the Non-Normal Checklist • Manual landing OM NP.21.70 AFTER LANDING 34. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions. Note: Reset aircraft and reposition for takeoff, RWY 34R for Windshear Training. Note: Weather conditions now conducive to windshear; Flaps 5 takeoff. Note: Retain FMC data for multiple takeoffs. 35. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, runway 34 Right, cleared for takeoff.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 5 REFERENCE WINDSHEAR TRAINING – BEGIN 36. Windshear Scenario 1: Near VR QRH MAN 1; FCTM Ch 7; OM 15.10, OM 20 • Airspeed stagnates near V1, so when should pilot rotate (prior to 2,000 ft remaining) Note: When crew is recovered from the windshear and climbing, flight freeze and reposition aircraft for takeoff RWY 34R. 37. Windshear Scenario 2: After Takeoff QRH MAN 1; FCTM Ch 7; OM 15.10, OM 20 • Activate on initial climb Note: When the crew has recovered from the windshear, provide a clearance and vectors for the ILS RWY 34R Approach. APPROACH and LANDING 38. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist 39. ILS RWY 34R Approach • Dual-channel, Autopilot ILS Approach with FD 40. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist QRH NC 3 QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 5 OM NP.21 QRH NC 3 Note: Conduct both Windshear Scenarios 3 and 4 to a Missed Approach. 41. Windshear Scenario 3: on Final Approach QRH MAN 1; FCTM Ch 7; OM 15.10, OM 20 • Windshear at 1,200 ft — OR — Windshear at 300 ft • Escape maneuver - autopilot demonstration Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-5.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE MISSED APPROACH 42. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 Note: After crew has accomplished the Missed Approach, consider 2X speed during downwind. 43. ILS Approach – ILS RWY 34R Approach • Manual, FD, ILS Approach 44. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 OM NP.21 QRH NC 3 45. Repeat Windshear Scenario 3 on Final Approach QRH MAN 1; FCTM Ch 7; OM 15.10, OM 20 • Windshear at 1,200 ft — OR — Windshear at 300 ft • Escape maneuver – manually flown MISSED APPROACH 46. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 WINDSHEAR TRAINING – END Note: After the Missed Approach, increase weather to CAVOK and provide appropriate vectors to fly a visual pattern. CLIMB 47. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 5 REFERENCE Note: Activate a Runaway Stabilizer (Autopilot Only) malfunction. Crew should be able to complete the approach using manual pitch control and the main electric trim. 48. Runaway Stabilizer • Runaway Stabilizer Checklist – Deferred Items QRH NNC 9 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). DESCENT 49. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 50. Prepare for approach into KSEA • Visual Approach RWY 34R in use • FMC Entries OM SP.10 OM 11.43 51. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the Runaway Stabilizer Checklist • APPROACH REF page APPROACH and LANDING 52. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the Runaway Stabilizer Checklist 53. Visual Approach - RWY 34R • Manual Approach OM SP.10 QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 Note: Opportunity to demonstrate technique-only ILS tune with FD assistance 54. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the Runaway Stabilizer Checklist • Manual Landing FCTM Ch 6 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-5.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE AFTER LANDING 55. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 56. After Landing Procedure SHUTDOWN / SECURE Note: Profile 5B only: Accomplish the SHUTDOWN and SECURE Procedure and Checklist if time allows. 57. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist QRH NC 3; OM NP.21 58. SECURE Procedure and Checklist QRH NC 4; OM NP.21 Note: Reposition to hold short position RWY 32R at KMWH. BREAK: 15 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 5 Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-5.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 5 Full Flight Simulator Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-5.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 4-6 FFS Lesson 6 DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has one, repeated flight profile, beginning and ending at Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) as a local flight. The crew performs Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures, systems management, airplane control, and navigation. Emphases are on full, Non-ILS Approaches with holding, procedure turns or arcs, and circling. Introductory Topics: • Unreliable airspeed LESSON OBJECTIVES • Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities • Integrate information and systems management tasks during Normal and Non-Normal Procedures, including unreliable airspeed • Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists using effective CRM Attributes • Perform full, Non-ILS Approaches: – Circle-to-land – Procedure arc – Procedure turn ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY • Proficiency in properly identifying and deciding to reject the takeoff maneuver. • Proficiency in performing the rejected takeoff procedure. • Proficiency in performing an approach with an active Airspeed Unreliable non-normal scenario. • Proficiency in performing a non-ILS approach. • Proficiency in performing circle-to-land procedures. • Proficiency in performing an engine inoperative manual approach. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data LESSON DATA ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KMWH) ORIGIN: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) RUNWAY: 32R ROUTE: MOSES _.MOSES Direct MWH DEPARTURE: MOSES ____ CRZ ALT.: 6,000 ft ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 132,000 lbs (60,000 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (10,000 kgs) ISA DEV: -9 ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: 8,000 lbs (3,636 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 47C CRZ ALT: 6,000 ft FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 50 CG: 18.3% 737-800 GW: 147,500 lbs (67,045 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (10,000 kgs) ISA DEV: -9 ZFW: 125,500 lbs (57,045 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB-1 RESERVES: 8,000 lbs (3,636 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 57C CRZ ALT: 6,000 ft FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 50 CG: 18.3% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 WEATHER (KMWH) Note: Use the Non-Precision Weather preset (600 ft. ceiling and 2 miles visibility) on the IOS panel with icing conditions to 15,000 feet. WIND: 040/08G18 TEMPERATURE: 3C VISIBILITY: 2 DEWPOINT: -1C ALTIMETER: 30.22 SKY COND: OVC006 ILS RWY 32R in use Landing and Departing RWY 32R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Moses Lake International Airport, via the MOSES ____ Departure, as filed. Climb and maintain 6000. Contact Moses Lake Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1147. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.3 4-6.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 20 RTO (LOW SPEED) REDUCED THRUST T/O W/ X-WIND KMWH (Day) 0 30 F/S ILS RWY 32R 40 RWY 32R W/ X-WIND AIRSPEED UNRELIABLE ENGINES RUNNING - HOLD SHORT OF RWY 32R 50 1:00 TIME 10 SE F/S 4,000’ ENG FAILURE 20 4,000’ 30 M/A 40 F/S 2:00 KMWH (Day) 50 AFTER LANDING SHUT DOWN ENG INOP VISUAL ILS 32R (MNL W/ FD) W/ X-WIND ILS RWY 32R ENG INOP W/ X-WIND ENG FIRE AFTER V1 ILS RWY 32R (AP OR MNL APPROACH W/ FD) ENG FAILURE (MNL APPROACH) ILS RWY 32R INFLIGHT ENG START REJ LDG-M/A 6,000’ DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL NON-ILS APPROACH RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 (PT), CIRCLE 32R Lesson 6 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 20 RTO (LOW SPEED) REDUCED THRUST T/O W/ X-WIND KMWH (Day) 0 30 F/S ILS RWY 32R 40 RWY 32R W/ X-WIND AIRSPEED UNRELIABLE ENGINES RUNNING - HOLD SHORT OF RWY 32R 50 1:00 TIME 10 SE F/S 4,000’ ENG FAILURE 20 4,000’ 30 M/A 40 F/S APU FIRE 2:00 KMWH (Day) 50 EVAC ENG INOP VISUAL ILS 32R (MNL W/ FD) W/ X-WIND ILS RWY 32R ENG INOP W/ X-WIND ENG FIRE AFTER V1 ILS RWY 32R (AP OR MNL APPROACH W/ FD) ENG FAILURE (MNL APPROACH) ILS RWY 32R INFLIGHT ENG START REJ LDG-M/A 6,000’ DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL NON-ILS APPROACH VOR-1 RWY 14L (ARC), CIRCLE 32R Full Flight Simulator 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Lesson 6 PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.5 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Lesson Plan LESSON PLAN Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding short of runway 32R. TAXI 1. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 2. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, cleared for takeoff.” Note: Activate a blocked pitot malfunction on the captain’s side prior to takeoff so the captain’s airspeed does not increase above 45 kts. The captain should reject the takeoff. TAKEOFF – RWY 32R 4. RTO QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 3 • Low speed Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). Note: Clear the malfunction after the RTO is completed. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 REFERENCE Note: After the RTO, reposition for takeoff on RWY 32R. Activate pitot blockage malfunctions to occur during climb to cause unreliable airspeed. Have the captain’s pitot block at approximately 100 kts., and the first officer’s pitot block at approximately 130 kts. 5. Takeoff Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff • Crosswind OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 3 CLIMB 6. AIRSPEED UNRELIABLE PI-QRH.10; FCTM Ch 8; QRH NCC 10 • Memory Items • AIRSPEED UNRELIABLE Checklist Note: Discuss the need for effective Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities during the AIRSPEED UNRELIABLE Non-Normal. 7. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 DESCENT Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. 8. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 9. Prepare for approach into KMWH • ILS RWY 32R Approach in use • FMC Entries 10. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Appropriate flaps setting for landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC.3 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE APPROACH and LANDING 11. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist 12. ILS RWY 32R • Manual or Autopilot Approach with FD 13. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Manual Landing QRH NC 3 QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 5 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 14. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21.82 Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing. Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: Set weather to 800 ft. and 4 miles to accommodate a circling approach. Set the surface wind to be from 360 at 12 gusting to 20 kts. Note: Instruct crew to maintain runway heading after takeoff, and climb to 6,000 ft. 15. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, cleared for takeoff.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 REFERENCE TAKEOFF – RWY 32R Note: Activate a DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL (the EFIS Control Panel malfunction on the IOS) Non-Normal to occur above V1. 16. Takeoff Procedure • Crosswind OM NP.21 QRH MAN 2 CLIMB 17. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 18. DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Non-Normal • DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Checklist QRH NNC 10 Note: Profile 6A only: “Boeing 33, cleared direct MALEE. Maintain 6,000. Expect the RNAV Yankee Runway 22 Approach to Moses Lake, circle-to-land runway 32 Right.” Note: Profile 6B only: Provide appropriate vectors to the arc IAF located at 10 DME at EPH radial 223 degrees for the VOR-1 RWY 14L Approach circle to RWY 32R. DESCENT 19. Descent Clearance provided by ATC Note: Clear the DISPLAYS CONTROL PANEL Non-Normal once established on the approach with the Non-Normal Checklist complete. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator 20. Prepare for approach into KMWH • Profile 6A only: RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22, circle-to-land RWY 32R • Profile 6B only: VOR-1 RWY 14L, circle-to-land RWY 32R • FMC Entries REFERENCE OM SP.4 OM SP.4 OM 11.43 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making, Workload Management priorities and Communications). Note: It is suggested to increase the intensity of the runway lights to increase the runway visibility during circling. 21. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 Note: Profile 6A only: “Boeing 33, cleared RNAV Yankee Runway 22 Approach. Maintain 6,000 until established. Contact Tower MALEE inbound.” Note: Profile 6B only: “Boeing 33, cleared VOR-1 Runway 14 Left Approach. Maintain 6,000 until established. Contact Tower at Ephrata (EPH).” APPROACH and LANDING 22. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist QRH NC 3 Note: Have crew report the airport in site on final approach to the approach runway, then clear them to circle for RWY 32R (circle SW). Keep the winds at 040/8G18. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 23. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 or VOR-1 RWY 14L REFERENCE QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 • Autopilot or Manual Approach 24. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist OM NP.21 25. REJECTED LANDING FCTM Ch 6 QRH NC 3 MISSED APPROACH Note: “Boeing 33, fly the published Missed Approach.” 26. Missed Approach Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Activate an engine failure at 500 feet AGL. CLIMB 27. Engine Failure or Shutdown QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 7 • Engine Failure or Shutdown Checklist Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 28. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Clear all malfunctions, then have the crew accomplish an in-flight engine start. 29. Engine In-Flight Start • Engine In-Flight Start Checklist QRH NNC 7 Note: Provide vectors when appropriate, based on the crew’s ability to accomplish the in-flight start and to prepare for the approach. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE DESCENT 30. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 31. Prepare for approach into KMWH • ILS RWY 32R Approach in use • FMC Entries 32. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Appropriate flaps setting for landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing. • DESCENT Checklist. OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 APPROACH and LANDING 33. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist 34. ILS RWY 32R • Engine-Inop, Autopilot or Manual Approach with FD 35. ENGINE FAILURE or SHUTDOWN QRH NC 3 QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 7 Note: Activate an engine failure to occur at 600 feet AGL on final approach. 36. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Engine-Inop, Manual Landing OM NP.21 QRH NC 3 FCTM Ch 6 Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck, if necessary). Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 REFERENCE AFTER LANDING 37. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions. Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. 38. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, runway 32 Right, cleared for takeoff.” TAKEOFF – RWY 32R Note: Instruct crew to maintain runway heading, and climb to 4,000 ft. Tell crew to expect vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. Note: Arm an engine fire to occur above V1 during takeoff: • Profile 6A: 1 bottle to extinguish the fire • Profile 6B: 2 bottles to extinguish the fire 39. Takeoff Procedure • Crosswind OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 3 Note: Activate an engine turbine failure (as a result of the fire) to occur at 600 feet AGL, followed by an engine seizure. CLIMB 40. ENGINE FIRE • Memory Items • ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage Checklist QRH NNC 8 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). 41. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 DESCENT Note: Change weather setting to zero-zero to force a missed approach from the ILS. Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach to Moses Lake. 42. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Deferred Items 43. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 44. Prepare for approach into KMWH • ILS RWY 32R Approach in use • FMC Entries OM 11.43 45. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing APPROACH and LANDING 46. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 47. ILS RWY 32R • Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 48. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 REFERENCE MISSED APPROACH 49. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN 2; OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 5 • Engine-Inop Note: “Boeing 33, fly runway heading. Climb and maintain 4,000.” CLIMB 50. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: After the Missed Approach, change weather to CAVOK, and provide initial vectors for the visual approach, RWY 32R. Note: “Boeing 33, expect a visual approach to runway 32R at Moses Lake. Maintain 4,000.” DESCENT 51. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 52. Prepare for approach to KMWH • Visual Approach RWY 32R in use • FMC Entries OM 11.43 53. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing APPROACH and LANDING 54. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist Note: Profile 6B only: Activate a non-extinguishable APU fire to occur on short final approach. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator 55. Visual RWY 32R Approach • Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD 56. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Engine-Inop, Manual Landing 57. Profile 6B only: APU FIRE • APU FIRE Checklist REFERENCE QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 QRH NNC 8 AFTER LANDING 58. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 59. Profile 6A only: After Landing Procedure 60. Profile 6B only: Evacuation • Evacuation Checklist QRH BACK COVER FCTM Ch 8 Note: Discuss the need for effective Decision Making and Communications inside and outside the flight deck. Note: When clear of the runway after landing and the After Landing Procedure is complete, clear all malfunctions and reposition aircraft to hold short position for next profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 REFERENCE SHUTDOWN / SECURE Note: Profile 6A only: Accomplish SHUTDOWN and SECURE on the first profile only, if time allows. 61. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the second profile only) 62. SECURE Procedure and Checklist (accomplish after the second profile only) QRH NC 3; OM NP.21 QRH NC 4; OM NP.21 BREAK: 15 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 6 Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-6.19 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 6 Full Flight Simulator Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-6.20 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7 4-7 FFS Lesson 7 DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson contains two, LOFT flight profiles. Profile 7A begins at Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS) at dusk with an extremely hot outside air temperature, and ends at San Francisco International Airport (KSFO). Profile 7B begins at San Francisco International Airport (KSFO) at night and ends at Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS) with an extremely hot outside air temperature. The crew performs Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures, systems management, airplane control, and navigation using the FMC and autoflight systems. Emphases are on hot weather performance considerations, and line operations with selected non-normal events. Introductory Topics: • Hot weather performance considerations • Bleeds-off takeoff LESSON OBJECTIVES • Improve skill level at performing previous flight activities • Demonstrate integration of information and systems management tasks during Normal and Non-Normal Procedures • Perform Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures and Checklists, while applying effective CRM Attributes in a real-time operational environment • Perform continuous airplane control and navigating using the FMC and autoflight system to the required level of proficiency • Perform takeoff and landing procedures to the required level of proficiency ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY Proficiency in performing a visual approach. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data (A) LESSON DATA (PROFILE A) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KLAS-KSFO) ORIGIN: Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS) RUNWAY: 19L ROUTE: SHEAD__.OAL MODESTO__ Arrival DEPARTURE: SHEAD ____, COALDALE (OAL) Transition CRZ ALT.: FL340 ARRIVAL: COALDALE.MODESTO ____ DESTINATION: San Francisco International Airport (KSFO) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 135,000 lbs (60,456 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +27 ZFW: 113,000 lbs (51,364 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 42C CRZ ALT: FL340 FLAPS: 1 COST INDEX: 40 CG: 19.7% 737-800 GW: 157,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: +27 ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 48C CRZ ALT: FL340 FLAPS: 1 COST INDEX: 40 CG: 19.7% Note: Use gate A19 at KLAS. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A WEATHER (KLAS) Note: Use the CAVOK preset on the IOS panel, and have the flight originate at dusk. WIND: 210/17 TEMPERATURE: 38C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 20C ALTIMETER: 29.82 SKY COND: Clear Landing RWY 19R Departing RWY 19L WEATHER (KSFO) WIND: 320/07 TEMPERATURE: 12C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 9C SKY COND: SCT021, BKN120 ALTIMETER: 29.89 ILS RWY 28R in use Landing and Departing RWY 28L and 28R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to San Francisco International Airport via the SHEAD ____ Departure, COALDALE (OAL) Transition, as filed. Maintain FL210, expect FL340 one zero minutes after departure. Contact McCarran Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1132. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.3 4-7.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 10 KLAS (Dusk) 0 20 TAXI PUSHBACK NORMAL START (HOT WX) 30 TAKEOFF (FLAPS 1 NO ENGINE BLEEDS) ELECTRICAL POWER UP 20 (GND PWR/APU AVAIL) 30 40 40 FL 340 50 SMOKE, FIRE OR FUMES 1:00 TIME 10 20 4,100’ 7,000’ ILS RWY 28R APPROACH SMOKE, FIRE OR FUMES (REMOVAL) 30 40 F/S KSFO (Dusk) 50 2:00 SHUT DOWN IRS FULL ALIGN TAXI TO GATE ILS RWY 28R Lesson 7A 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A REFERENCE Lesson Plan (A) LESSON PLAN (PROFILE A) PREFLIGHT Note: If there is any remaining time in the session and at the instructor’s discretion, accomplish any outstanding training items. Note: Lesson completion requires that crew accomplish Normal Procedures through the Before Taxi Procedure in 30 minutes or less. Note: Airplane is parked at A-19 in KLAS. 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power and APU available for AC power OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure OM 11.40, NP.21 Note: Ensure crew does not use Assumed Temperature Thrust Reductions for this takeoff. 3. Preflight Procedure – Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist QRH NC 1 4. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START Note: Crew should obtain clearance from Ground personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start engines as part of the BEFORE START Procedure. 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefing • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 2 QRH NC 1 Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to push and start engines.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Crew should confirm with Ground personnel that the steering lockout pin is in place for Pushback (removed for taxi out). ENGINE START 6. Engine Start Procedure • Hot weather considerations 7. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 OM SP.16.18 QRH NC 2 8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: “Boeing 33, runway 19 Left, taxi via Delta. Hold short of runway 19 Left at Delta. Monitor Tower holding short.” Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 9. Before Takeoff Procedure • No Engine Bleed Takeoff Supplementary Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: Emphasis on Crew Communications to accomplish Supplementary Procedures prior to takeoff. TAKEOFF Note: “Boeing 33, runway 19 Left, cleared for takeoff.” 11. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 3; • Flaps 1 Takeoff • No Engine Bleeds Takeoff OM SP.2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A REFERENCE CLIMB Note: At 400 feet AGL, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” 12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Discuss the need for effective Workload Management Attributes to re-establish the engine bleed sources. Note: “Boeing 33, Las Vegas Departure. Radar contact. Climb via the SHEAD ____ Departure and maintain FL240.” Note: At the instructor’s discretion, add proximate TCAS traffic (TA only). During the climb, this setting on the IOS panel may result in an unintended RA. Note: “Boeing 33, cross SHEAD at or below 280 kts.” Note: Above approximately 12,000 feet, “Boeing 33, contact ______ Center, 1XX.XX.” Note: After passing SHEAD, “Boeing 33, cleared direct CLOVIS (CZQ). Cleared MODESTO _____ ARRIVAL, CLOVIS Transition. Climb and maintain FL340.” CRUISE Note: When level at cruise altitude, add proximate TCAS traffic (TA only). Note: When level at final cruise altitude, use 2x speed until reaching LNNDA. Note: Multiple CRM issues (Situational Awareness, Decision Making and Workload Management priorities, Communications inside and outside the flight deck). Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: When within 50 nm of the TOD, provide a scenario for the crew that involves smoke billowing from the aft galley. The crew should continue communicating with the cabin crew until the source is determined and stopped. No fire for this scenario, but passenger smoke inhalation should be addressed as part of the CRM discussions. Note: Smoke is coming from the back Galley. • Source of the smoke, fire or fumes is obvious and can be extinguished quickly. • Source is visually confirmed to be extinguished and the smoke or fumes are decreasing. 13. Smoke, Fire, or Fumes • Smoke, Fire, or Fumes Checklist QRH NNC 8 Note: Smoke or fumes are controllable. 14. Smoke or Fumes Removal • Smoke or Fumes Removal Checklist Note: “Boeing 33, ILS 28R in use at San Francisco. Information ___ current. Wind 320 at 7, skies 2000 overcast, visibility 10. Altimeter 29.89. ILS runways 28 Left and 28 Right in use.” Note: “Boeing 33, descend and maintain FL240.” Note: Provide descent clearances and expedited handling, as needed or as requested by the crew. After crossing MOD, clear crew to descend to 11,000 ft. until crossing CEDES, then descend to 4,100 ft. until MEHTA (IAF). Note: Descending below 12,500 feet, “Boeing 33, contact NORCAL Approach, 1XX.XX.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7A REFERENCE DESCENT Note: After engine start, “Boeing 33, cross CEDES at 11,000. Expect the ILS RWY 28 Right Approach to San Francisco.” 15. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 16. Prepare for approach into KSFO • ILS RWY 28L and 28R in use • FMC Entries 17. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing. • DESCENT Checklist. OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 Note: After CEDES, clear crew direct to DUMBA and for the ILS RWY 28R Approach. APPROACH and LANDING 18. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist 19. ILS Approach - ILS RWY 28R Approach • Dual-channel or Single-channel Autopilot Approach with FD 20. LANDING Procedure QRH NC 3 QRH MAN.2; OM 4.20 OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 6 • LANDING Checklist • Autoland or Manual Landing FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 21. Landing Roll Procedure (exit runway to the left) OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Have crew exit the runway to the left and cross RWY 28L, then to contact Ground Control. Clear crew to taxi via Alpha, Delta to gate F77. 22. After Landing Procedure OM NP.21 Note: If there is any remaining time in the session and at the instructor’s discretion, accomplish any outstanding training items. SHUTDOWN / SECURE 23. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21; QRH NNC 7 Note: As an IRS Fast Realignment is not a typical line operation, a full IRS alignment is included. 24. IRS Full Alignment OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B Lesson Data (B) LESSON DATA (PROFILE B) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSFO-KLAS) ORIGIN: San Francisco International Airport (KSFO) RUNWAY: 28R ROUTE: SFO__.SFO ECA FRA BTY.FUZZY__ DEPARTURE: SAN FRANCISCO ____ Departure CRZ ALT.: FL330 ARRIVAL: BEATTY Transition (BTY), FUZZY ____ Arrival DESTINATION: Las Vegas McCarran International Airport (KLAS) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 135,000 lbs (60,455 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: -3 ZFW: 113,000 lbs (51,364 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 49C CRZ ALT: FL330 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 40 CG: 19.7% 737-800 GW: 157,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: -3 ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 54C CRZ ALT: FL330 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 40 CG: 19.7% Note: Use gate F77 at KSFO. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator WEATHER (KSFO) – NIGHT FLIGHT Note: Set the conditions below at night on the IOS panel. WIND: 320/07 TEMPERATURE: 12C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 9C SKY COND: OVC020, tops 060 ALTIMETER: 29.89 ILS RWY 28R in use Landing RWY 28L and 28R Departing RWY 01L WEATHER (KLAS) – NIGHT FLIGHT Note: Set the conditions below at night on the IOS panel. WIND: 210/17 TEMPERATURE: 38C VISIBILITY: 10 DEWPOINT: 20C ALTIMETER: 29.82 SKY COND: Clear ILS RWY 25L in use Landing and Departing RWY 25L and 25R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Las Vegas McCarran International Airport via the SAN FRANCISCO ____ Departure, MANTECA, as filed. Maintain 14,000, expect FL330 one zero minutes after departure. Squawk 1137. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 10 KSFO (Night) 0 20 TAXI 30 40 FL 330 50 1:00 TIME 10 8,000’ FL 160 20 4,100’ 30 40 F/S 2:00 SHUT DOWN KLAS (Night) 50 TAXI TO GATE VISUAL RWY 25L OR 25R ILS/VISUAL RWY 25L and 25R APPROACH ROUTE OFFSET LOSS OF BOTH ENG DRIVEN GENERATORS T-STORM, LTNG, AND TURBULENCE TAKEOFF (FLAPS 5) PUSHBACK NORMAL START ELECTRICAL POWER UP 20 (GND PWR/APU AVAIL) 30 40 Full Flight Simulator 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Lesson 7B PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.13 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Lesson Plan (B) LESSON PLAN (PROFILE B) PREFLIGHT Note: If there is any remaining time in the session and at the instructor’s discretion, accomplish any outstanding training items. Note: Lesson completion requires that crew accomplish Normal Procedures through the Before Taxi Procedure in 30 minutes or less. 1. Preliminary Preflight Procedure • Ground Power and APU available for AC power OM 11.40, NP.21 2. CDU Preflight Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff OM 11.40, NP.21 3. Preflight Procedure –Captain and First Officer • PREFLIGHT Checklist OM SP.7 QRH NC 1 4. Obtain ATC Clearance BEFORE START Note: Crew should obtain clearance from Ground personnel to pressurize hydraulics and to start engines as part of the BEFORE START Procedure. 5. Before Start Procedure • TAXI and TAKEOFF Briefing • BEFORE START Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 2 QRH NC 1 Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to push and start engines.” Note: Crew should confirm with Ground personnel that the steering lockout pin is in place for Pushback (removed for taxi out). Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B REFERENCE ENGINE START 6. Engine Start Procedure • Start Non-Normal – Appropriate Checklist • Normal Start Procedures OM NP.21 7. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NNC 7 QRH NC 2 8. Obtain ATC Clearance to taxi TAXI Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. Note: “Boeing 33, runway 1 Left, taxi via Alpha. Hold short of runway 1 Left at Mike. Contact Tower holding short.” 9. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 10. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, runway 1 Left, cleared for takeoff.” TAKEOFF 11. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 3; OM NP.21.44, NP.21.56 • Flaps 5 Takeoff CLIMB Note: At 400 feet AGL, “Boeing 33, contact Departure.” 12. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: At the instructor’s discretion, add proximate TCAS traffic (TA only). During the climb, this setting on the IOS panel may result in an unintended RA. Note: After climbing through 9,000 feet, “Boeing 33, cleared direct MANTECA (ECA), then as filed. Climb and maintain FL240.” Note: “Boeing 33, climb and maintain FL330.” CRUISE Note: When level at final cruise altitude, add thunderstorm cells, lightening, and turbulence along the route to facilitate CRM discussions and a route offset request. Note: “Boeing 33, ILS runways 25 Left and 25 Right and Visual Approaches in use at Las Vegas. Information ___ current.” Note: Activate LOSS OF BOTH ENGINE DRIVEN GENERATORS (have 1 generator able to be reset during the checklist) after passing through/in the vicinity of the thunderstorm activity. 13. LOSS OF BOTH ENGINE DRIVEN GENERATORS • LOSS OF BOTH ENGINE DRIVEN GENERATORS Checklist DESCENT 14. Descent Clearance provided by ATC Note: After passing BEATTY, “Boeing 33, cleared direct FUZZY. Pilot’s discretion, descend to cross FUZZY at 16,000 feet at 250 kts.” Note: “Boeing 33, contact Approach, 1XX.XX.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7B 15. Prepare for approach into KLAS • ILS and Visual Approaches RWY 25L and 25R in use • FMC Entries REFERENCE OM 11.43 16. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing. • DESCENT Checklist. OM NP.21 17. Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 QRH NC 3 Note: After crossing IPUMY, “Boeing 33, descend and maintain 8000. Expect the Visual Approach to RWY 25 Left at Las Vegas.” Note: Have crew maintain 8,000 feet until abeam the departure end of RWY 25L, and instruct them to report the runway in sight. Note: “Boeing 33, Contact Las Vegas Tower 119.9 and tell them you have the runway in sight.” Note: When crew reports the runway in sight, “Boeing 33, follow a Boeing 757 on two mile final. Cleared Visual Approach, runway 25 Left. Report turning final.” Note: When the crew calls the airport in sight and when in the abeam position for RWY 25L, clear crew for a Visual Approach to RWY 25L. APPROACH and LANDING Note: When established on final approach and still above 1,500 feet AGL, “Boeing 33, traffic still on the runway. Can you accept runway 25 Right?” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.17 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Emphasize the need for effective Workload Management and Decision Making Attributes to accomplish operational considerations. Note: “Boeing 33, cleared to land runway 25 Right.” 18. Visual RWY 25L Approach QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 5 • Single-channel, Autopilot or Manual Approach 19. LANDING Procedure and Checklist OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 6 • Manual Landing AFTER LANDING 20. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 21. After Landing Procedure (exit runway to the right) Note: Have crew exit the runway to the right. Clear crew to taxi via Golf, and Golf Two to the ramp and gate A19. Note: Gate A19 may not be marked in all simulator visuals. In this case, choose any close gate for parking. Note: If there is any remaining time in the session and at the instructor’s discretion, accomplish any outstanding training items. SHUTDOWN / SECURE 22. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist QRH NC 3; OM NP.21 23. SECURE Procedure and Checklist QRH NC 4; OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.18 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 7 Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-7.19 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 7 Full Flight Simulator Summary of Next Lesson • Identify emphasis items for next lesson. (Profile, Procedure, Approach, System, etc.) • Provide references for information that students should review Note: Recommend that students write down their questions and concerns to discuss during the next briefing session. Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-7.20 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8 4-8 FFS Lesson 8 DURATION • Total scheduled time = 4:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 1:50 to 1:55 hours • Break = 0:15 hours LESSON SUMMARY This lesson has two flight profiles. Profile 8A begins at Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) and ends at Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH). Profile 8B is a local flight starting and ending at Moses Lake (KMWH). The crew performs Normal and selected Non-Normal Procedures, systems management, airplane control, and navigation. Emphasis is on preparation for the evaluation check ride. LESSON OBJECTIVES • Apply CRM attributes successfully during all procedures • Perform normal flight activities to the required level of proficiency • Demonstrate integration of information and systems management tasks during Normal and Non-Normal Procedures to the required level of proficiency • Perform all Normal and selected Non-Normal and Supplementary Procedures to the required level of proficiency – Specifically, perform engine out procedures to the required level of proficiency ASSESSMENT and MINIMUM PROFICIENCY Proficiency in performing all airplane control, levels of automation, and handling of non-normal situations to the Practical Test Standards. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8A Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data (A) LESSON DATA (PROFILE A) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KMWH) ORIGIN: Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) RUNWAY: 16L ROUTE: MONTN__.MONTN V2 ELN Direct EPH DEPARTURE: MOUNTAIN ____ CRZ ALT.: FL190 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 132,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: 0 ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 50C CRZ ALT: FL190 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 20 CG: 18.9% 737-800 GW: 157,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: 0 ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB RESERVES: 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: 52C CRZ ALT: FL190 FLAPS: 5 COST INDEX: 20 CG: 18.9% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8A WEATHER (KSEA) Note: Use the Non-Precision Weather preset (600 ft. ceiling and 2 miles visibility) on the IOS panel. WIND: 210/15 TEMPERATURE: 15C VISIBILITY: 2 DEWPOINT: 14C ALTIMETER: 30.03 SKY COND: OVC005 ILS RWYs 16L and 16R in use Departing RWY 16L and 16C WEATHER (KMWH) WIND: 020/15 TEMPERATURE: 15C VISIBILITY: ¼ mile DEWPOINT: 15C ALTIMETER: 29.80 SKY COND: OVC001 ILS RWY 32R in use Landing and Departing RWY 32R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Moses Lake International Airport, via the MOUNTAIN ____ Departure, as filed. Climb and maintain 9,000. Contact Seattle Departure Control frequency ____, squawk 1137. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.3 4-8.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KSEA (Day) 0 RTO 20 REDUCED THRUST T/O W/ X-WIND SOURCE OFF 30 10,000’ STEEP TURNS ENGINES RUNNING - HOLD SHORT OF RWY 16L 40 11,000’ UNUSUAL ATTITUDES - NOSE HIGH - NOSE LOW 50 REJ LDG-M/A 1:00 TIME 4,000’ TE FLAP ASYM (1-5) HOLD F/S 10 F/S 20 30 3,000’ 40 2:00 KMWH (Day) 50 F/S EVAC LANDING ROLL APU FIRE VISUAL APPROACH 14L OR 22 OR 32R - ENG INOP - MNL W/ FD M/A ENG FIRE OR SEVERE DAMAGE AFTER V1 ILS RWY 32R - ENG INOP - MNL W/ FD RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22, CIRCLE 32R - MNL W/ FD - FULL W/ PT RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R - MNL W/ FD - FULL W/ PT OR HOLD APPROACH TO STALL PRACTICE STALL REC 1-3 ILS RWY 32R Lesson 8A 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (A) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE A Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8A REFERENCE Lesson Plan (A) LESSON PLAN (PROFILE A) Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding short of runway 16L. TAXI 1. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 2. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 16 Left, line up and wait.” TAKEOFF – RWY 16L Note: Activate a malfunction to occur approximately 15 kts. below V1. An engine failure is suggested. 4. RTO QRH MAN.1 FCTM Ch 3 • RTO Procedure • Appropriate checklist • Brake energy consideration - QRH QRH MAN.1 PI-QRH.11 Note: Crew should execute a methodical, controlled rejected takeoff with the required call outs. Note: After stopping, reposition to the takeoff position, RWY 16L. Note: Activate a SOURCE OFF Non-Normal to occur at rotation. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE 5. Takeoff Procedure • Assumed Temperature — OR — Reduced Thrust Takeoff • Crosswind OM NP.21.44 6. SOURCE OFF • SOURCE OFF Checklist QRH NNC 6 FCTM Ch 3 CLIMB 7. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: At 10,000 feet, have crew fly two, 180 degree steep turns, then conduct a nose high and a nose low unusual attitude recovery practice. 8. Steep Turns QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 7 Note: Choose at least one nose-high unusual attitude and one nose-low unusual attitude scenario. 9. Unusual Attitude Recovery Training QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 7 • Scenario 1: Nose High • Scenario 2: Nose Low Note: “Boeing 33, contact Seattle Center, 1XX.XX.” Note: Upon completion of airwork, provide vectors to intercept Victor airway 2 (V2), and have crew climb and maintain 11,000 feet. Note: Activate 2x speed until just prior to the top of descent point. CRUISE Note: Provide vectors direct to Pelly for the ILS RWY 32R Approach with Approach Stall Recovery practice. Note: Provide KMWH ATIS information to the crew. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8A REFERENCE DESCENT Note: Remove 2x speed prior to descending. Note: Provide vectors for ILS RWY 32R Approach KMWH to incorporate the stall series. Note: “Boeing 33, pilot’s discretion, descend and maintain ____. Expect ILS Runway 32 Right Approach at Moses Lake.” 10. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 11. Prepare for approach into KMWH • ILS RWY 32R Approach • FMC Entries 12. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC.3 APPROACH and LANDING Note: Accomplish stall series during downwind, base, and final approach radar vectored legs for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. Accomplish either a Missed Approach or Rejected Landing after the third stall recovery on final approach. 13. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist 14. ILS RWY 32R Approach • Autopilot Approach with FD QRH NC 3 QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 • Manual thrust (no autothrottles) Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE 15. Approach to Stall Series • Stall recovery 1 – downwind leg, clean configuration • Stall recovery 2 – turn to base leg, flaps 5 • Stall recovery 3 – established on final approach, landing configuration 16. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist OM NP.21 17. REJECTED Landing FCTM Ch 6 FCTM Ch 6 Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and crew coordination. MISSED APPROACH Note: “Boeing 33, radar contact lost. Cleared direct IWKID for the RNAV Yankee Runway 32 Right Approach. Contact Approach, 1XX.XX.” 18. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 CLIMB 19. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Activate a TE FLAP ASYMMETRY(1-5) malfunction to occur during retraction. 20. TE FLAP ASYMMETRY • TE FLAP ASYMMETRY Checklist • Deferred Items QRH NNC 9 Note: “Boeing 33, hold SE of IWKID, as published. Climb and maintain 4,000. Expect further clearance at XXXX.” Note: After entering the holding pattern, clear crew for the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R Approach. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8A REFERENCE DESCENT 21. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 22. Prepare for approach into KMWH • Non-ILS Approach • FMC Entries QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 OM 11.43 23. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist • APPROACH REF page APPROACH and LANDING 24. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist 25. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R Approach • Manual Approach with FD • Full approach with procedure turn or hold 26. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist • Manual Landing QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 27. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing. Note: Reposition from the runway after landing; do not accomplish the After Landing Procedure. Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.9 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, cleared direct EPHRATA (EPH). Climb and maintain 4,000. Expect the RNAV Yankee RWY 22 Approach to Moses Lake, circle-to-land RWY 32 Right.” 28. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 29. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 32 Right, cleared for takeoff.” TAKEOFF – RWY 32R 30. Takeoff Procedure QRH MAN 2; FCTM Ch 3 • Crosswind CLIMB 31. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Prior to reaching EPH, “Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared RNAV Yankee Runway 22 Approach via the EPHRATA Transition. Maintain 4,000 until established. Contact Tower procedure turn inbound.” DESCENT 32. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 33. Prepare for Approach to KMWH • Non-ILS (RNAV or VOR) Approaches in use with circle-to-land • FMC Entries OM SP.4; FTCM Ch 5 OM 11.43 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.10 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8A 34. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Appropriate flaps setting for landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist REFERENCE OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 Note: Set weather to allow circling: 1000 OVC, 5 miles visibility, runway lighting, remove haze. Having the visual conditions as dusk instead of daytime will help the crew see runway lighting during the circle. Note: Change surface winds to support circling with a crosswind pushing the aircraft towards the runway during the circle. APPROACH and LANDING 35. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist QRH NC 3 Note: When crew reports procedure turn inbound, “Boeing 33, continue. Report the runway in sight.” Note: When crew reports the runway in sight, “Boeing 33, cleared to circle SW, report left base, runway 32 Right.” 36. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 22 Approach, circle RWY 32R OM SP.4; FTCM Ch 5 • Manual Approach with FD • Full Approach with Procedure Turn 37. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist • Circle-to-land • Manual Landing OM NP.21; QRH NC 3 FTCM Ch 5 FTCM Ch 6 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.11 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE AFTER LANDING 38. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, fly runway heading. Expect vectors for the ILS runway 32 Right Approach. Climb and maintain 3,000.” 39. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 TAKEOFF Note: Reset winds to 290/12. Change weather to 300 overcast with 1 mile visibility. Note: Activate an ENGINE FIRE or Severe Damage to occur at or above V1. 40. Takeoff Procedure with ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage at or above V1 • • • • • QRH MAN 2, NNC 7; OM 4.20, NP.21; FCTM Ch 3 Rudder required for directional control Trim requirements Rotation rate and target pitch attitude Flight director usage Memory items and crew coordination Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. CLIMB 41. ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage Checklist QRH NNC 8 42. AFTER TAKEOFF Procedure and Checklist QRH NC 2 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.12 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8A REFERENCE DESCENT 43. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Deferred Items 44. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 45. Prepare for Approach to KMWH • ILS Approach RWY 32R in use • FMC Entries • Review arrival procedure OM 11.43 46. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing APPROACH and LANDING 47. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 48. ILS RWY 32R Approach • Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 49. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Engine-Inop, Manual Landing MISSED APPROACH 50. Missed Approach Procedure • Engine Inop QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 QRH NNC 7; FCTM Ch 3 Note: Increase simulator weather to allow for a Visual Approach (CAVOK). Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.13 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8A Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE Note: Instruct crew to fly runway heading, and to climb and maintain 3,000 feet. Provide appropriate radar vectors for a visual pattern to a runway (14L, 22, or 32R), instructor’s discretion. CLIMB 51. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 3,000. Expect a Visual Approach to RWY ___ at Moses Lake.” DESCENT 52. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 53. Prepare for approach to KMWH • Visual Approach RWYs 14L, 22, and 32R in use • FMC Entries OM 11.43 54. DESCENT Checklist – Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing APPROACH and LANDING 55. APPROACH Checklist – Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 56. Visual RWY 14L, 22, or 32R Approach • Engine Inop, Visual Approach 57. LANDING Checklist – Deferred Item from One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Engine-Inop, Manual Landing QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.14 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8A REFERENCE Note: When on short final approach, activate an APU FIRE that is not extinguishable. 58. APU FIRE • APU FIRE Checklist QRH NNC 8 AFTER LANDING 59. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Crew should accomplish the APU FIRE Checklist and EVACUATION. 60. EVACUATION • EVACUATION Checklist QRH BACK COVER FCTM Ch 8 BREAK: 15 minutes Switch flying pilot and repeat profile. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.15 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8B Full Flight Simulator Lesson Data (B) LESSON DATA (PROFILE B) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KMWH-KMWH) ORIGIN: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) RUNWAY: 32R ROUTE: MOSES__.MOSES Direct MWH DEPARTURE: MOSES__.MOSES CRZ ALT.: 16,000 ft ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Moses Lake International Airport (KMWH) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 132,000 lbs (59,091 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: 0 ZFW: 110,000 lbs (50,000 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) FLAPS: 5 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: 16,000 COST INDEX: 35 CG: 18.9% 737-800 GW: 157,500 lbs (70,682 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 22,000 lbs (9,091 kgs) ISA DEV: 0 ZFW: 135,500 lbs (61,591 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO-1, CLB 6,000 lbs (2,727 kgs) FLAPS: 5 RESERVES: CRZ ALT: 16,000 COST INDEX: 35 CG: 18.9% Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.16 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8B WEATHER (KMWH) Note: Use the Non-Precision Weather preset (600 ft. ceiling and 2 miles visibility) on the IOS panel. WIND: 020/15 TEMPERATURE: 15C VISIBILITY: ¼ mile DEWPOINT: 16C ALTIMETER: 29.80 SKY COND: OVC010 ILS RWY 32R in use Landing and Departing RWY 32R CLEARANCE Boeing 33, cleared to Moses Lake International Airport, via the MOSES ____ Departure, as filed. Climb and maintain 9,000. Squawk 1157. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.17 4-8.18 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 15 20 30 40 10 KMWH (Day) 0 RTO 20 REDUCED THRUST T/O W/ X-WIND 30 10,000’ STEEP TURNS ENGINES RUNNING - HOLD SHORT OF RWY 32R 40 50 1:00 TIME 4,000’ TE FLAP ASYM (0-1) HOLD F/S 10 20 F/S 30 3,000’ 40 2:00 KMWH (Day) 50 F/S LANDING ROLL SHUT DOWN VISUAL APPROACH 14L OR 22 OR 32R - ENG INOP - MNL W/ FD M/A ENG FIRE OR SEVERE DAMAGE AFTER V1 ILS RWY 32R - ENG INOP - MNL W/ FD RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 4, CIRCLE 14L - MNL W/ FD - FULL W/ PT RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R - MNL W/ FD - FULL W/ PT OR HOLD APPROACH TO STALL PRACTICE STALL REC 1-3 REJ LDG-M/A CARGO FIRE UNUSUAL ATTITUDES - NOSE HIGH - NOSE LOW ILS RWY 32R Lesson 8B 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (B) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE B Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8B REFERENCE Lesson Plan (B) LESSON PLAN (PROFILE B) Note: Begin lesson with engines running, holding short of runway 32R. Do not taxi. TAXI 1. Before Taxi Procedure • BEFORE TAXI Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, Hold short runway 32 Right.” Note: Inform crew that the cabin is secure for takeoff. 2. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 3. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 32 Right, cleared for takeoff.” TAKEOFF – RWY 32R Note: Activate a malfunction to occur approximately 15 kts. below V1. An engine failure is suggested. 4. RTO QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 3 • RTO Procedure • Appropriate checklist • Brake energy consideration - QRH PI-QRH.11 Note: Crew should execute a methodical, controlled rejected takeoff with the required call outs. Note: After stopping, reposition to the takeoff position, RWY 32R. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.19 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8B Full Flight Simulator 5. Takeoff Procedure • Reduced Thrust Takeoff • Crosswind REFERENCE OM NP.21 QRH NNC 8 FCTM Ch 3 CLIMB 6. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: At 10,000 feet, have crew fly two, 180 degree steep turns, then conduct a nose high and a nose low unusual attitude recovery practice. 7. Steep Turns FTCM Ch 7 Note: Choose at least one nose-high unusual attitude and one nose-low unusual attitude scenario. 8. Unusual Attitude Recovery Training QRH MAN.1; FCTM Ch 7 • Scenario 1: Nose High • Scenario 2: Nose Low Note: Upon completion of airwork, provide vectors back to Moses Lake for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. CRUISE 9. CARGO FIRE • CARGO FIRE Checklist • Deferred Items QRH NNC 8 Note: Provide vectors direct to Pelly for the ILS 32R Approach with Approach Stall Recovery practice. Note: Provide KMWH ATIS information to the crew. Note: Remove CARGO FIRE Non-Normal after the checklist has been completed and discussion of handling of this issue both in the air and after landing have been discussed. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.20 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8B REFERENCE DESCENT Note: The vectored ILS RWY 32R Approach to KMWH incorporates the stall series. Note: “Boeing 33, pilot’s discretion, descend and maintain X,000. Expect ILS Runway 32 Right Approach at Moses Lake.” 10. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 11. Prepare for approach into KMWH • ILS RWY 32R Approach • FMC Entries 12. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 30 landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM 11.43 OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 APPROACH and LANDING 13. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist QRH NC 3 Note: Accomplish stall series during downwind, base, and final approach radar vectored legs for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. Accomplish either a Missed Approach or Rejected Landing after the third stall recovery on final approach. 14. ILS RWY 32R Approach • Autopilot Approach with FD • Manual thrust (no autothrottles) OM NP.21, SP.4 FCTM Ch 5 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.21 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE 15. Approach to Stall Series • Stall recovery 1 – downwind leg, clean configuration • Stall recovery 2 – turn to base leg, flaps 5 • Stall recovery 3 – established on final approach, landing configuration FCTM Ch 7 16. LANDING Procedure • LANDING Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 6 17. REJECTED Landing Note: Observe correct performance of procedure and crew coordination. MISSED APPROACH Note: “Boeing 33, radar contact lost. Cleared direct IWKID for the RNAV Yankee Runway 32 Right Approach. Contact Approach, 1XX.XX.” 18. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 CLIMB 19. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Activate a TE FLAP ASYMMETRY (0-1) malfunction to occur during retraction. 20. TE FLAP ASYMMETRY • TE FLAP ASYMMETRY Checklist • Deferred Items QRH NNC 9 Note: “Boeing 33, hold SE of IWKID, as published. Climb and maintain 4,000. Expect further clearance at XXXX.” Note: After entering the holding pattern, clear crew for the RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R Approach. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.22 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8B REFERENCE DESCENT 21. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 22. Prepare for approach into KMWH • Non-ILS Approach • FMC Entries OM 11.43 23. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist • APPROACH REF page APPROACH and LANDING 24. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist 25. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 32R Approach • Manual Approach with FD • Full Approach with PT 26. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from Trailing Edge Flap Asymmetry Checklist • Manual Landing QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 OM SP.4 FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 27. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Clear all malfunctions after landing. Note: Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, cleared direct EPHRATA (EPH). Climb and maintain 6,000. Expect the RNAV Yankee Runway 4 Approach to Moses Lake, circle-to-land runway 14L.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.23 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8B Full Flight Simulator 28. Before Takeoff Procedure • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist REFERENCE OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, Runway 32 Right, cleared for takeoff.” TAKEOFF – RWY 32R 29. Takeoff Procedure • Crosswind OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 3 CLIMB 30. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: Prior to reaching EPH, “Boeing 33, radar out of service. Cleared direct ONPIC. Cleared RNAV Yankee Runway 4 Approach. Maintain 6,000 until established. Contact Tower procedure turn inbound.” DESCENT 31. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 32. Prepare for Approach to KMWH • Non-ILS (RNAV or VOR) Approaches in use with circle-to-land • FMC Entries OM SP.4; FCTM Ch 5 OM 11.43 33. Descent Procedure • APPROACH REF page – Appropriate flaps setting for landing • Accomplish the APPROACH Briefing • DESCENT Checklist OM NP.21 FCTM Ch 5 QRH NC 3 Note: Set weather to allow circling: 1,000 OVC, 5 miles visibility, runway lighting, remove haze. Having the visual conditions as dusk instead of daytime will help the crew see runway lighting during the circle. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.24 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8B REFERENCE Note: Change surface winds to support circling with a crosswind pushing the aircraft towards the runway during the circle. APPROACH and LANDING 34. APPROACH Procedure QRH MAN.2; OM 11.43, NP.21 • APPROACH Checklist QRH NC 3 Note: When crew reports procedure turn inbound, “Boeing 33, continue. Report the runway in sight.” Note: When crew reports the runway in sight, “Boeing 33, cleared to circle NE, report left base, runway 14 Left.” 35. Non-ILS Approach – RNAV (GPS) Y RWY 4 Approach, circle RWY 14L • Manual Approach with FD • Full Approach with Procedure Turn 36. LANDING Procedure OM NP.21; FCTM Ch 6 • LANDING Checklist • Circle-to-land • Manual Landing FCTM Ch 5 FCTM Ch 6 AFTER LANDING 37. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 Note: Reposition from the runway after landing; do not accomplish the After Landing Procedure. Reposition to takeoff position RWY 32R and reconfigure for takeoff before starting the Before Takeoff Procedure. Note: “Boeing 33, after takeoff, fly runway heading. Expect vectors for the ILS RWY 32 Right Approach. Climb and maintain 3,000.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.25 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8B Full Flight Simulator 38. Before Takeoff Procedure • Flaps 5 takeoff • BEFORE TAKEOFF Checklist REFERENCE OM NP.21 QRH NC 2 39. Call Tower for Takeoff Clearance TAKEOFF Note: Reset winds to 290/12. Change weather to 300 overcast with 1 mile visibility. Note: Activate an ENGINE FIRE or Severe Damage to occur at or above V1. 40. Takeoff Procedure with ENGINE FIRE at or above V1 • Rudder required for directional control • Trim requirements • Rotation rate and target pitch attitude • Flight director usage • Memory items and crew coordination QRH NNC 8 Note: Provide vectors for the ILS RWY 32R Approach. CLIMB 41. ENGINE FIRE or Engine Severe Damage Checklist QRH NNC 8 42. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 DESCENT 43. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Deferred Items 44. Descent Clearance provided by ATC Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.26 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8B 45. Prepare for Approach to KMWH • ILS Approach RWY 32R in use • FMC Entries REFERENCE OM 11.43 46. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing APPROACH and LANDING 47. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 48. ILS RWY 32R Approach • Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 49. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist MISSED APPROACH 50. Missed Approach Procedure QRH MAN.2; FCTM Ch 5 • Engine Inop Note: Increase simulator weather to allow for a Visual Approach (CAVOK). CLIMB Note: Instruct crew to fly runway heading, and to climb and maintain 3,000 feet. Provide appropriate radar vectors for a visual pattern to a runway (14L, 22, or 32R), instructor’s discretion. 51. AFTER TAKEOFF Checklist QRH NC 2 Note: “Boeing 33, maintain 3,000. Expect a Visual Approach to RWY ___ at Moses Lake.” Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.27 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8B Full Flight Simulator REFERENCE DESCENT 52. One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Deferred Items 53. Descent Clearance provided by ATC 54. Prepare for Approach to KMWH • Visual Approach RWYs 14L, 22, and 32R in use • FMC Entries OM 11.43 55. DESCENT Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • APPROACH REF page – Flaps 15 landing APPROACH and LANDING 56. APPROACH Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist 57. Visual Approach - RWY 14L, 22, or 32R Approach • Engine-Inop, Manual Approach with FD QRH NNC 7, MAN.2; FCTM Ch 3 58. LANDING Checklist - Deferred Item from the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist • Engine-Inop, Manual Landing AFTER LANDING 59. Landing Roll Procedure OM NP.21 60. After Landing Procedure Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.28 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8B REFERENCE SHUTDOWN / SECURE Note: Accomplish SHUTDOWN and SECURE Procedures if time permits. 61. SHUTDOWN Procedure and Checklist QRH NC 3; OM NP.21 62. SECURE Procedure and Checklist QRH NC 4; OM NP.21 Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.29 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8 Full Flight Simulator Debrief DEBRIEF Student Evaluation of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: Recommended questions for students to consider during their debriefing of session events: • How did the session go? • What are the crews’ general impressions? • Was there anything the crew should or could have done differently that would have resulted in a better outcome? • Were there errors on the part of the crew, or threats outside the crew which contributed to issues that need to be debriefed? • What can the crew do next time to improve? • What did the crew do well that they want to reinforce and continue in the future? Instructor Debrief of Session • Address individual and crew performance of specific tasks and the use of CRM attributes while reviewing the critical aspects of the lesson Note: It is recommended that debriefing, training, and reinforcing of CRM and task performance be conducted as much as possible during the training session. Note: Identify specific recommendations for items the students should review. Note: Remind students that standard procedures, callouts, areas of responsibility, profiles and maneuvers are all designed to support and enhance CRM. Note: Reinforce idea that Boeing procedures are developed with human factors and CRM issues in mind. Effective and efficient communications are critical to getting the airplane safely from power on at the origin to power off at the destination. Identifying all resources and using them where needed is the responsibility of all crew members. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.30 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Lesson 8 Questions Note: Additional questions for Instructor to consider asking students: • Is there anything at all you want to talk about right now? • Did anything in this session conflict with what you have learned in previous lessons? • Is there anything that you don’t understand or are confused about? • Is there anything that I have said that has confused you or that is: – In conflict with your understanding? – In conflict with what you have read? • At this point in your training – does everything seem clear to you? Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-8.31 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Lesson 8 Full Flight Simulator Intentionally Blank Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-8.32 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Evaluation 4-9 FFS Evaluation DURATION • Total scheduled time = 5:00 hours • Scheduled time for each profile = 2:10 to 2:15 hours • Break = 0:15 hours EVALUATION SUMMARY The simulator evaluation flight profile includes those procedures and maneuvers that can be evaluated in a motion visual simulator. The sequence may be changed and other non-normal procedures selected at the discretion of the check pilot. The instructor will provide appropriate instructions, weather information and air traffic clearances and, insofar as possible, conduct the flight on a real time basis. VNAV or V/S will be used on non-ILS approaches per operator procedures. Simulator system faults will be removed after each full stop landing. The crew will be expected to respond to instructions and situations as they would on a line flight (except for the approach to stall, steep turn, and unusual attitude recovery exercises), and to use flight deck resources available (autopilot, autothrottle, etc.) unless specifically restricted by the evaluator. Command qualities and crew coordination are a part of the evaluation. The non-FAA evaluation will be used for pilots who are not in training to receive an FAA certificate. The FAA evaluation meets the requirements of the Practical Test Standards (PTS) for airline transport pilot and aircraft type rating and will be used for pilots receiving an FAA certificate. Either evaluation may be used based on operator requirements. First officers are not required to demonstrate steep turns. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-9.1 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Evaluation (non-FAA) Full Flight Simulator Evaluation Data (non-FAA) EVALUATION DATA (non-FAA) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KMWH) ORIGIN: Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) GATE: C12 (N47°26.8 W122°18.2) RUNWAY: 34C ROUTE: SEA, J90 MWH DEPARTURE: MOUNTAIN___ Departure CRZ ALT.: FL 230 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Grant County International Airport (KMWH) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 128,000 lbs (58,100 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,300 kgs) ISA DEV: 0 ZFW: 103,000 lbs (46,800 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB RESERVES: 10,000 lbs (4,500 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: CRZ ALT: FL 230 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 270°/40 CG: 18.3% COST INDEX: 35 737-800 RUNWAY: Dry 144,000 lbs (65,300 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 23,500 lbs (10,700 kgs) ISA DEV: 0 ZFW: 120,500 lbs (54,600 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB RESERVES: 10,000 lbs (4,500 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: CRZ ALT: FL 230 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 270°/40 CG: 18.3% COST INDEX: 35 GW: Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-9.2 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Evaluation (non-FAA) WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 250/10 TEMPERATURE: 15C VISIBILITY: ¼ mile DEWPOINT: 14C ALTIMETER: 29.73 (1007 MB) SKY COND: OVC100 ILS RWY 34C in use Landing and departing RWY 34C WEATHER (KMWH) WIND: 280/15 TEMPERATURE: 21C VISIBILITY: 4 miles DEWPOINT: 18C ALTIMETER: 29.75 (1008 MB) SKY COND: Rain, OVC800 VOR-1 RWY 14L in use Landing and departing RWY 32R CLEARANCE Boeing Trainer 33 is cleared to Grant County International Airport, MOUNTAIN___ Departure, as filed. Maintain 4,000. Expect FL 230 five minutes after departure. Departure control frequency 119.2, squawk 4737. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-9.3 4-9.4 737NG-T1-IG 0 5 10 10 KSEA (Day) 0 20 ENGINE START PUSHBACK PREFLIGHT RTO 30 40 RWY 34C X-WIND 50 FL 230 1:00 10 TIME 20 REJ LDG HOLDING AT EPH 30 5,000’ 40 F/S 50 2:00 M/A 10 20 2:30 KMWH (Day) F/S APU FIRE ENG FAILURE AFTER V1 X-WIND ENG INOP EVACUATION MAN F/D RWY 32R X-WIND ENG INOP VISUAL RWY 32R X-WIND ILS 32R X-WIND APPROACH TO STALL OR STALL RECOVERY EXECISES - LEVEL OFF - TURNING BASE - ILS FINAL VOR-1 14L CIRCLE 32R X-WIND STEEP TURNS AND UNUSUAL ATTITUDES SELECTED NON-NORMALS WHEEL WELL FIRE RUNAWAY STABILIZER SOURCE OFF CABIN ALT WARNING OR RAPID DEPRESS EMERGENCY DECENT SMOKE OR FUMES REMOVAL SELECTED NON-NORMALS 15 ABORTED ENGINE START START VALVE OPEN 20 30 40 Evaluation (non-FAA) 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Profile (non-FAA) Full Flight Simulator PROFILE (non-FAA) Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 ALTITUDE FEET X 1,000 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Evaluation (FAA) Evaluation Data (FAA) EVALUATION DATA (FAA) ROUTE OF FLIGHT (KSEA-KMWH) ORIGIN: Seattle Tacoma International Airport (KSEA) GATE: C12 (N47°26.8 W122°18.2) RUNWAY: 34C ROUTE: SEA, J90 MWH DEPARTURE: MOUNTAIN___ Departure CRZ ALT.: FL 230 ARRIVAL: None DESTINATION: Grant County International Airport (KMWH) FLIGHT NUMBER: Boeing 33 PERFORMANCE 737-700 GW: 128,000 lbs (58,100 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 25,000 lbs (11,300 kgs) ISA DEV: 0 ZFW: 103,000 lbs (46,800 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB RESERVES: 10,000 lbs (4,500 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: CRZ ALT: FL 230 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 270°/40 CG: 18.3% COST INDEX: 35 737-800 RUNWAY: Dry 144,000 lbs (65,300 kgs) RUNWAY: Dry FUEL: 23,500 lbs (10,700 kgs) ISA DEV: 0 ZFW: 120,500 lbs (54,600 kgs) N1 LIMIT: TO, CLB RESERVES: 10,000 lbs (4,500 kgs) ASSUMED TEMP: CRZ ALT: FL 230 FLAPS: 5 CRZ WIND: 270°/40 CG: 18.3% COST INDEX: 35 GW: Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-9.5 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Evaluation (FAA) Full Flight Simulator WEATHER (KSEA) WIND: 250/10 TEMPERATURE: 15C VISIBILITY: ¼ mile DEWPOINT: 14C ALTIMETER: 29.73 (1007 MB) SKY COND: OVC100 ILS RWY 34C in use Landing and departing RWY 34C WEATHER (KMWH) WIND: 280/15 TEMPERATURE: 21C VISIBILITY: 4 miles DEWPOINT: 18C ALTIMETER: 29.75 (1008 MB) SKY COND: Rain, OVC800 VOR-1 RWY 14L in use Landing and departing RWY 32R CLEARANCE Boeing Trainer 33 is cleared to Grant County International Airport, MOUNTAIN___ Departure, as filed. Maintain 4,000. Expect FL 230 five minutes after departure. Departure control frequency 119.2, squawk 4737. Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-9.6 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Full Flight Simulator Evaluation (FAA) Maneuvers List (FAA) MANEUVERS LIST PREFLIGHT PROCEDURES Preflight inspection Engine start Taxi out Before takeoff checks TAKEOFF AND DEPARTURE PHASE Normal and crosswind takeoff Instrument takeoff Engine failure during takeoff Rejected takeoff Departure procedures INFLIGHT MANEUVERS Steep turns Approach to stall or stall recovery Engine failure – multiengine airplane Accomplished with engine failure during takeoff Unusual attitudes INSTRUMENT PROCEDURES Standard Terminal Arrival/Flight Management System procedures Holding ILS approaches: Total of two required One with one engine inoperative One manually flown Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. June 6, 2013 737NG-T1-IG 4-9.7 737NG Flight Training Instructor Guide Evaluation (FAA) Full Flight Simulator Non-ILS approaches: Total of two required One with procedure turn or RNAV terminal area arrival (TAA) One manually flown without radar vectors Circling approach May be combined with one Non-ILS approach Missed approach; Two required One complete published procedure One from an ILS approach One with one engine inoperative LANDINGS AND APPROACHES TO LANDINGS Three landings required One to a full stop More than one type may be combined Normal and crosswind approaches and landings Landing from a precision approach Approach and landing with engine failure(s) Landing from a circling approach Rejected landing Landing from a nonstandard flap approach NORMAL AND NON-NORMAL PROCEDURES EMERGENCY PROCEDURES POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURES After landing procedure Parking and securing Copyright © Boeing. May be subject to export restrictions under EAR. See title page for details. 4-9.8 737NG-T1-IG June 6, 2013
0
You can add this document to your study collection(s)
Sign in Available only to authorized usersYou can add this document to your saved list
Sign in Available only to authorized users(For complaints, use another form )